0% found this document useful (0 votes)

140 views358 pages

Database Reference Guide

Asset

Uploaded by

Sasanka Chamara Gamage

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

140 views358 pages

Database Reference Guide

Asset

Uploaded by

Sasanka Chamara Gamage

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 358

ENTERPRISE

Database Reference Guide

Software Version 7.0

Reference Guide Edition 2

Copyright 2010 AIRCOM International

All rights reserved
ADVANTAGE, ARRAYWIZARD, ASSET, CONNECT, DATASAFE, DIRECT,
ENTERPRISE, MYRIAD, AIRCOM OPTIMA, RANOPT and WEBWIZARD are
recognised trademarks of AIRCOM International. Other product names are
trademarks of their respective companies.
Microsoft Excel , .NET, Microsoft Office, Outlook , Visual Basic Windows,
Windows XP, Windows Vista and Word are trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation.
This documentation is protected by copyright and contains proprietary and
confidential information. No part of the contents of this documentation may be
disclosed, used or reproduced in any form, or by any means, without the prior
written consent of AIRCOM International.
Although AIRCOM International has collated this documentation to reflect the
features and capabilities supported in the software products, the company makes no
warranty or representation, either expressed or implied, about this documentation, its
quality or fitness for particular customer purpose. Users are solely responsible for the
proper use of ENTERPRISE software and the application of the results obtained.
An electronic version of this document exists.
This User Reference Guide finalised on 10 September 2010.
Refer to the Online Help for more information.
This User Reference Guide prepared by:
AIRCOM International Ltd
Cassini Court
Randalls Research Park
Randalls Way
Leatherhead
Surrey
KT22 7TW
Telephone:
Support Hotline:
Fax:
Web:

+44 (0) 1932 442000

+44 (0) 1932 442345
+44 (0) 1932 442005
www.aircominternational.com

About This Manual

Change History
This table shows the change history (if any) of this guide:
Edition

Date

Reason

10 September 2010

First Official Publish.

6 December 2010

LOGCONNTRAFFIC Table removed.

Explanation of Symbols
Throughout this guide, where appropriate, some symbols are used to highlight
particular pieces of text. Three different symbols are in use, and are explained as
follows:
Symbol

Brief Description

Full Description

Note

Signifies text that should be noted or carefully considered.

Tip

Signifies text that may help you do something in an easier or quicker

way.

Warning or Important

Signifies text that is intended as a warning or something important.

Contents
Chapter 1 About this Manual

Overview of Database Table Definitions .......................................................... 17

Primary and Foreign Keys ......................................................................................... 17
About Permissions ..................................................................................................... 18

Obtaining User Assistance ............................................................................... 18

Who is This User Reference Guide For?................................................................... 19
About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides .................................................... 20
Can You Improve Our User Assistance? ................................................................... 21
Obtaining Support ...................................................................................................... 21
Obtaining Further Information and Services .............................................................. 23

Chapter 2 Database Table Relationships

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (1) .................................... 26

Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (2) .................................... 27
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (3) .................................... 28
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (4) .................................... 29
Environment Set-up Database Table Relationships (5) .................................... 30
Equipment Database Table Relationships ....................................................... 31
Internal Database Table Relationships ............................................................ 31
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (1) .......................................... 32
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (2) .......................................... 33
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (3) .......................................... 34
Logical Network Database Table Relationships (4) .......................................... 35
Analog Network Database Table Relationships ............................................... 36
Project Database Table Relationships ............................................................. 37
ADVANTAGE Database Table Relationships .................................................. 38
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (1) ................................................. 39
CONNECT Database Table Relationships (2) ................................................. 40

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

Page 7

Chapter 3 Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ACTIVEATTRIB ..................................................................................... 46

About the Elementtypekey Parameter ....................................................................... 53

Table ACTIVEELEMENTS ............................................................................... 55

Table ACTIVEFLAGS ...................................................................................... 55
Table ACTIVEOBJECTS ................................................................................. 56
Table ACTIVEPOLYGONS .............................................................................. 56
Table ACTIVEWFS .......................................................................................... 57
Table AICAR.................................................................................................... 57
Table ATTRIBUTETYPES ............................................................................... 57
Table CARLAY ................................................................................................ 58
Table CARLAYAICAR ..................................................................................... 58
Table CELLAY ................................................................................................. 59
Table CELLAYCARLAY ................................................................................... 60
Table COORDSYS .......................................................................................... 60
Table COORDSYSDATA ................................................................................. 61
Table COVCLASS ........................................................................................... 61
Table COVSCHEMA ........................................................................................ 61
Table COVTHRESH ........................................................................................ 62
Table CWSOURCETOCELLVECTOR ............................................................. 62
Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA................................................................. 62
Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA ....................................................................... 63
Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG.......................................................................... 64
Table ENVTYPE .............................................................................................. 64
Table ENVTYPECLUTTER .............................................................................. 65
Table FILTERS ................................................................................................ 66
Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS ........................................................................... 67
Table FLAGGROUPPERMISSIONS ................................................................ 67
Table FLAGGROUPS ...................................................................................... 67
Table FLAGS ................................................................................................... 68
About Fields ............................................................................................................... 68

Table FLAGVALUES ....................................................................................... 68

Table FREQBAND ........................................................................................... 69
Table FREQCARRIERCONV........................................................................... 69
Table FREQUENCYDIV .................................................................................. 70
Table GRIDCANDIDATES ............................................................................... 70
Table GRIDCONFIG ........................................................................................ 71
Page 8

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS ............................................................................. 71

Table GROUPCARRIER.................................................................................. 72
Table HEXAGONGRIDS.................................................................................. 72
Table HSDPARATE ......................................................................................... 73
Table IDENTIFIERS ........................................................................................ 73
Table INTF....................................................................................................... 74
Table INTFWEIGHTS ...................................................................................... 75
Table LOGICALOPS ........................................................................................ 75
Table LOGUMTSCELLRATE ........................................................................... 75
Table LTECELLID............................................................................................ 76
Table LTECELLIDSCHEMA ............................................................................ 77
Table LTEFRAMES ......................................................................................... 77
Table LTEFREQBANDS .................................................................................. 79
Table MAPNAMES .......................................................................................... 80
Table MAPVALUES ......................................................................................... 80
Table NEIGHBOURLIMITS .............................................................................. 81
Table PATTERN .............................................................................................. 81
Table PATTERNGROUP ................................................................................. 82
Table PREDICTIONMODEL ............................................................................ 82
Table RULES................................................................................................... 83
Table RULETYPES ......................................................................................... 83
Table SCHEMAMANAGERS ........................................................................... 83
Table SCRIPTEVENTS ................................................................................... 84
Table SCRIPTSTORAGE ................................................................................ 84
Table TERMRATE ........................................................................................... 84
Table TERMTYCELLAY .................................................................................. 85
Table TERMTYCLUTTER ................................................................................ 85
Table TERMTYPE ........................................................................................... 86
Table TERMTYPEPOINT ................................................................................ 91
Table TERMTYPOLYGON .............................................................................. 92
Table TERMTYVECTOR ................................................................................. 92
Table TIMESLOTMAP ..................................................................................... 93
Table VECATTR .............................................................................................. 93
Table VECBOUNDS ........................................................................................ 94
Table VECFILE ................................................................................................ 94
Table WFSMAPPINGS .................................................................................... 95
Table WFSSERVICES ..................................................................................... 95
Database Reference Guide 7.0
Contents

Page 9

Chapter 4 Equipment Database Tables 97

Table ANTENNADEVICE ................................................................................ 98
Table ANTENNAPATTERN ............................................................................. 99
Table BCFTYPE ............................................................................................ 100
Table BTS...................................................................................................... 101
Table CABIN.................................................................................................. 102
Table EQUIPSUPPLIER ................................................................................ 103
Table FEEDER .............................................................................................. 103
Table LOGNODEBTYPE ............................................................................... 104
Table MASTHEADAMP ................................................................................. 106
Table TOWER ............................................................................................... 107
Table VHMASK ............................................................................................. 108

Chapter 5 Internal Database Tables

109

Table CELLEQUIPMENT............................................................................... 110

Table CIBER.................................................................................................. 111
Table CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 111
Table DBCORERFI........................................................................................ 112
Table DBVERSION........................................................................................ 112
Table FIELDSTABLE ..................................................................................... 112
Table IDSEQUENCES ................................................................................... 112
Table INTERFWEIGHTS ............................................................................... 113
Table LOGNODETYPE.................................................................................. 113
Table PRIORGROUPS .................................................................................. 113
Table PRIORGROUPUSER .......................................................................... 114
Table PRIORUSER ....................................................................................... 114
Table PRIORUSERLICCONFIG .................................................................... 116
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEX .......................................................................... 116
Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE ................................................................. 117
Table PRIORUSERRIGHTS .......................................................................... 117
Table PRIORUSERRM .................................................................................. 118
Table PRIORUSERTYPE .............................................................................. 118
Table PROJECT ............................................................................................ 119
Table PROJECTREGION .............................................................................. 121
Table REF_COLUMNS .................................................................................. 122

Page 10

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

Chapter 6 Logical Network Database Tables

123

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL ................................................................. 127

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL .................................................................. 128
Table GENREPEATER .................................................................................. 129
Table IS95CARRIER ..................................................................................... 130
Table LOGATTACHMENT ............................................................................. 131
Table LOGCONNECTION ............................................................................. 131
Table LOGCONNROUTE .............................................................................. 132
Table LOGCONNRTHOP .............................................................................. 132
Table LOGIS95ANTENNA ............................................................................. 133
Table LOGIS95BS ......................................................................................... 136
Table LOGIS95BSC ...................................................................................... 137
Table LOGIS95CAR ...................................................................................... 137
Table LOGIS95CLSITE ................................................................................. 138
Table LOGIS95CLUSTER ............................................................................. 139
Table LOGIS95FEEDER ............................................................................... 139
Table LOGIS95MSC ...................................................................................... 140
Table LOGIS95SECCAR ............................................................................... 141
Table LOGIS95SECTOR ............................................................................... 145
Table LOGLTEANTENNA .............................................................................. 145
Table LOGLTECAR ....................................................................................... 147
Table LOGLTECELL ...................................................................................... 148
Table LOGLTECELLCAR .............................................................................. 150
Table LOGLTEFEEDER ................................................................................ 153
Table LOGLTENODE .................................................................................... 154
Table LOGNETWORK ................................................................................... 154
Table LOGNODE ........................................................................................... 155
Table LOGNODEB ........................................................................................ 156
Table LOGNODETRAFFIC ............................................................................ 157
Table LOGNODETYPE.................................................................................. 158
Table LOGPLMN ........................................................................................... 158
Table LOGRNC ............................................................................................. 159
Table LOGUMTSANTENNA .......................................................................... 159
Table LOGUMTSCAR ................................................................................... 161
Table LOGUMTSCELL .................................................................................. 163
Database Reference Guide 7.0
Contents

Page 11

Table LOGUMTSCELLCAR ........................................................................... 166

Table LOGUMTSFEEDER ............................................................................. 169
Table LOGWIMAXANTENNA ........................................................................ 170
Table LOGWIMAXCAR.................................................................................. 172
Table LOGWIMAXCELL ................................................................................ 173
Table LOGWIMAXCELLCAR ......................................................................... 174
Table LOGWIMAXFEEDER ........................................................................... 175
Table LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA ................................................................ 176
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCAR ......................................................................... 178
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELL ........................................................................ 179
Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCAR ................................................................. 180
Table LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER ................................................................... 181
Table LOGWIMAXMOBNODE ....................................................................... 183
Table LOGWIMAXNODE ............................................................................... 183
Table LTECARRIER ...................................................................................... 184
Table MIMOGAINLOOKUP ........................................................................... 188
Table PNINDEXSCHEMA .............................................................................. 189
Table SIMTRAF ............................................................................................. 189
Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR ............................................................................ 190
Table SRVCELLPRIOR ................................................................................. 191
Table TGBITRATE......................................................................................... 191
Table TGCARRIER........................................................................................ 196
Table TGCARRIERADJ ................................................................................. 197
Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS ........................................................................... 198
Table TGRESTYPE ....................................................................................... 199
Table TGSERVBIT ........................................................................................ 199
Table TGSERVICE ........................................................................................ 200
Table TGSHOG ............................................................................................. 204
Table TGTERMSERV .................................................................................... 205
Table UMTSCODE ........................................................................................ 205
Table UMTSCODESCHEMA ......................................................................... 206
Table WIMAXCARRIER................................................................................. 206
Table WIMAXCARRIERADJ .......................................................................... 207
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIER......................................................................... 207
Table WIMAXMOBCARRIERADJ .................................................................. 209

Page 12

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

Chapter 7 Analog Network Database Tables

211

Table ANTENNA............................................................................................ 212

Table BCF ..................................................................................................... 214
Table BSC ..................................................................................................... 215
Table BSICSCHEMA ..................................................................................... 215
Table CARLAYDATA ..................................................................................... 216
Table CELLAYDATA ..................................................................................... 217
Table CELLEXCEPT ..................................................................................... 219
Table CELLSITES ......................................................................................... 220
Table CLDANTENNA .................................................................................... 222
Table DISTRIBUTION ................................................................................... 222
Table GSMCELL............................................................................................ 223
Table MSC..................................................................................................... 225
Table PLMN................................................................................................... 226
Table REPEATER ......................................................................................... 226
Table REPEATERCELL................................................................................. 228

Chapter 8 Project Database Tables

231

Table CARRIERS .......................................................................................... 233

About States in the CARRIERS Table..................................................................... 233

Table CIXLAT ................................................................................................ 234

Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP .................................................................... 235
Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM ................................................................. 236
Table CONTACTPERSON ............................................................................ 237
Table FAXNUMBER ...................................................................................... 238
Table FOLDERS ............................................................................................ 238
Table GENERICNBR ..................................................................................... 238
Table GENREPEATERFEEDER ................................................................... 239
Table GRAPH ................................................................................................ 241
Table GRAPHLIST ........................................................................................ 242
Table HDRDLKPARAMS ............................................................................... 242
Table PHONENUMBER................................................................................. 243
Table SITEADDRESS ................................................................................... 244
Table TERMMOBSPEED .............................................................................. 246
Table VECPROJECT ..................................................................................... 246

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

Page 13

Chapter 9 ADVANTAGE Database Tables

247

Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS .................................................................... 249

Table ADVGLOBDESTGT ............................................................................. 250
Table ADVPROBCELLWGT .......................................................................... 250
Table BANDPARAMETERS .......................................................................... 251
Table BANDTARGETS .................................................................................. 252
Table CELLMOD ........................................................................................... 255
Table CLUTTHRES ....................................................................................... 256
Table CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE ................................................................... 256
Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS............................................................... 257
Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS ................................................................ 257
Table DBVERSION........................................................................................ 258
Table DELTAPLAN ........................................................................................ 258
Table DESIGNTARGET................................................................................. 259
Table DESIGNTARGETATOM ...................................................................... 260
Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP ...................................................................... 261
Table DESIGNTARGETGROUP.................................................................... 261
Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS .............................................................. 262
Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS .................................................................... 262
Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT ................................................................ 263
Table OPTIONS............................................................................................. 264
Table PEDATAINDEX ................................................................................... 265
Table PLAN ................................................................................................... 265
Table PLANAVAILABILITY ............................................................................ 266
Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS ................................................................... 267
Table PLANTEMPLATEASSOCIATION ........................................................ 267
Table PLANVECTOR .................................................................................... 268
Table PROBAREAID ..................................................................................... 269
Table PROBCELLID ...................................................................................... 270
Table STATISTIC .......................................................................................... 271
Table STATISTICMC ..................................................................................... 272
Table VECTORPARAMETERS ..................................................................... 273

Page 14

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

Chapter 10 CONNECT Database Tables

275

Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD ............................................................. 278

Table AMCTRANSMITPOWER ..................................................................... 278
Table AMPSBTSROUTE ............................................................................... 279
Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA ................................................................... 279
Table BAND................................................................................................... 280
Table CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD ............................................................... 281
Table CARRIERFEED ................................................................................... 281
Table CHANNEL............................................................................................ 282
Table CIOBJ .................................................................................................. 283
Table CIOBJENTRY ...................................................................................... 284
Table GSMBTSROUTE ................................................................................. 285
Table LINK..................................................................................................... 285
LINKAMCTHRESHOLD ................................................................................. 292
Table LINKATTACH ...................................................................................... 292
Table LINKENDANTENNA ............................................................................ 293
Table LINKENDFEED .................................................................................... 294
Table LINKLOSVALUES................................................................................ 295
Table LINKTERMEQUIP................................................................................ 295
Table LINKTYPE ........................................................................................... 296
Table LINKUDH ............................................................................................. 297
Table LINKUDPROF ...................................................................................... 298
Table MODULATIONTYPE ............................................................................ 298
Table MWANTENNATYPE ............................................................................ 299
Table PMPCARRIER ..................................................................................... 300
Table PMPHUB ............................................................................................. 307
Table PMPHUBLINKEND .............................................................................. 308
Table PMPSECTOR ...................................................................................... 309
Table PRLINKEND ........................................................................................ 310
Table PRLLINK .............................................................................................. 311
Table PRLREF .............................................................................................. 311
Table PTPLINKEND ...................................................................................... 312
Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD .................................................................... 318
Table RADIOEQUIP ...................................................................................... 319
Table RADIOMASK ....................................................................................... 324
Table REFLECTOR ....................................................................................... 325
Database Reference Guide 7.0
Contents

Page 15

Table SECTORANTENNA ............................................................................. 326

Table SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE ............................................................... 327
Table SPLITTER............................................................................................ 327
Table SPURLINK ........................................................................................... 328
Table SPURREF............................................................................................ 328
Table USERLINKTEMPRANGE .................................................................... 329

Chapter 11 About Difference Tables

331

Permissions in Difference Tables ................................................................... 332

AppendixADatabaseChanges333

Index357

Page 16

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Contents

CHAPTER 1

About this Manual

This Reference Guide describes the database tables in the ENTERPRISE database for
version 7.0.

Overview of Database Table Definitions

The tables in the core database are divided into two distinct groups:
The master tables which store data available to all users
The difference tables which store information relating to user-specific changes
This chapter gives reference information on the separate database tables available in
the core database.
Information about the DIRECT database is proprietary. For any queries you may
have, please contact Product Support.

Primary and Foreign Keys

The primary key is a column, or set of columns, whose values uniquely identify every
row in a table.
A foreign key is one or more columns within a table whose values are based on those
of the primary key from another table. The foreign key relates the information from
another table (the foreign table) to information in the current (referenced or primary)
table.
If a foreign key is allowed to have a NULL value, it is said to be optional.
A foreign key that is not optional is called mandatory. Most foreign and primary keys
are mandatory.
Projectno is always part of the foreign key, so is not indicated as such throughout
the database tables.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About this Manual

Page 17

About Permissions
Tables in the database for BSCs, MSCs, distribution nodes, Properties, repeaters and
cell sites have a Permissions field. This contains a three digit code that grants the
read/write privileges to the relational database as follows:
The first digit of the code is specific to the user
The second digit relates to that user's default group
The third digit relates to all available users in that project
Each digit extends from 0 to 2 inclusive, with 0 or 1 providing Read privileges and 2
representing all permissions, that is Read and Write.
You set user permissions in Administrator, either when you first create a user or by
changing the properties of an existing user. For information on how to do this, see the
Installation and Administration Guide.

Obtaining User Assistance

Using Online Help
ENTERPRISE products come with a complete system of online Help which you can
access in three ways:
From the Help menu, click Help Contents. Scroll through the table of contents and
choose a relevant topic to display.
To search for something particular, from the Help menu, click Help Contents and
using the Index tab or Search tab, type in a letter or word to start searching for
relevant topics.
Press F1 in a dialog box to view context-sensitive help (available for most dialog
boxes).
If you are using ENTERPRISE within a CITRIX environment, to ensure that the
Help graphics are displayed, set your display settings to support more than 256
colours.
Using ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides
If you prefer to read printed content, we also provide User Reference Guides. To view
or print these as PDFs (Adobe Acrobat portable document format):
1

Make sure you have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. If you do not
have this, you can install it from the ENTERPRISE CD, or get it from the Adobe
website.
Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.

Page 18

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About this Manual

Click Start on the taskbar, point to Programs, then AIRCOM International, then
ENTERPRISE, then Docs.
- or Navigate to the Docs folder in the location where you installed the product.
If neither of these exists, please contact your administrator.

Double-click the PDF file that you want to view.

If you have a customer web account, you can also download the latest User
Reference Guides from our website.
Checking Release Notes
Each release of the ENTERPRISE software is accompanied by Release Notes, giving
important information on system requirements, installation, known issues, upgrades
and so on. These notes are included in the ENTERPRISE CD, or you can download
them from our website.
For any further documentation, such as application notes and extra reference
information, please email the support team at the address described in Obtaining
Support on page 21.

Who is This User Reference Guide For?

The ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides are intended for different audiences,
depending on the particular product. Typical prerequisites include a good
understanding of the following:
The appropriate telecoms technologies and the associated network planning
methods (for planning software)
Relational database management, and in particular Oracle database creation and
administration procedures (for administrative software)
The various parameters utilised for monitoring and optimising networks (for OSS
software)
Irrespective of the particular product, the following basic knowledge is required:
Microsoft Windows concepts
The functions of the Microsoft Office suite of tools, in particular Excel

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About this Manual

Page 19

About the ENTERPRISE User Reference Guides

This table describes our range of User Reference Guides:
This Guide

Contains Information On

What's New

The main difference between the latest versions of the ENTERPRISE

suite.

ENTERPRISE Installation and Administration

Installing and configuring ENTERPRISE, your network, and Oracle

databases. Using Administrator to create users and groups, and set
permissions.
Also contains information on software licensing.

ENTERPRISE Database Reference

The relationships between tables in the database and the contents of each
table.

ENTERPRISE User Reference

Functionality that is common to most of the products in the ENTERPRISE

suite, including how to access, view, edit and store data.

ENTERPRISE Technical Reference

File formats, as well as antenna and diffraction calculations.

ADVANTAGE User Reference

Using ADVANTAGE to plan and optimise networks automatically, consider

measured data in analysis/optimisation, analyse network performance,
identify problematic areas/cells, and related tasks.

ARRAYWIZARD User Reference

Using ARRAYWIZARD to automatically generate pathloss predictions and

best server arrays, which gives you instantaneous display of coverage and
interference information for pre-selected filters when loaded into ASSET.

ASSET User Reference

Using ASSET, the network planning and analysis tool, to design a range of
cellular networks.
Includes information on hierarchical network planning, propagation
modelling, service and bearer definition, coverage analysis, traffic planning,
neighbour planning, measurement data analysis, detailed reporting,
analysis arrays and simulation of network performance.

ASSET Technical Reference

Array descriptions and information on some of the algorithms used in

ASSET.

ASSET ACP User Reference Guide

Using ASSET ACP to plan and optimise networks automatically, designed

as an aid for day-to-day planning.
(Optional add-on to ASSET.)

CONNECT User Reference

Using CONNECT, the network transmission and microwave link planning

software for full network physical link design and logical link design.
Also contains CONNECT-specific reference information.

DATASAFE User Reference

Using DATASAFE, our network configuration tool to implement both small

and large scale changes to networks

DIRECT User Reference

Using DIRECT to design telecommunications networks of different network

layers. Explains how to plan cellular, PSTN and data networks at a both
general and strategic level.
Also contains DIRECT-specific reference information.

Financial Analysis User Reference Guide

Using the Financial Analysis module to evaluate and plan for the revenue
potential of your network.
(Optional add-on to ASSET and ADVANTAGE.)

ILSA User Reference Guide

Using ILSA, ASSET's automatic 2g frequency planning tool.

(Optional add-on to ASSET.)

AIRCOM OPTIMA User Reference

Page 20

Using AIRCOM OPTIMA to view performance data and statistics both with
ENTERPRISE and standalone.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About this Manual

This Guide

Contains Information On

RANOPT User Reference

Using RANOPT to efficiently find faults in your network, optimise and

validate its performance prior to commercial launch.

WEBWIZARD User Reference

Using WEBWIZARD to display GIS and report information of network data,

including creating layers, regions, nodes, layer types, administering and
configuring the system and using the GIS view, explorer and report
viewers.

Can You Improve Our User Assistance?

We are always trying to improve the online Help and User Reference Guides.
If you cannot find the Help you were looking for, need more information, or have any
suggestions for improvements, we would be grateful for your feedback.
Also, if you are generally satisfied with these resources, we would appreciate any
positive feedback.
Online Questionnaire
You can help us by completing our brief online questionnaire
(http://www.surveymonkey.com/s.aspx?sm=RIRKLcrdvaCzRnUBNx5tcQ_3d_3d).
Alternatively, you can contact us directly at docs@aircominternational.com.

Obtaining Support
If you have a difficulty you cannot resolve yourself using the online Help or
Reference Guides, or you have found a possible fault in the software, you can log a
support request. You may also wish to contact us if you want to:
Register for a customer web account to access the Support area
Obtain further documentation, such as application notes and extra reference
information
Logging Support Requests Online
To log a support request online:
1

Go to the AIRCOM website, at www.aircominternational.com.

Click the link for Product Support Login.

In the Technical Support pane, click Online Helpdesk.

Click Log New UTS Call.

Type the details of your request, and then click Submit.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About this Manual

Page 21

Contacting us via Telephone or Email

If you wish to contact us directly, here are the contact details of our regional offices:
Location

Regional Office

Contact Details

Europe

United Kingdom

Tel : +44 1932 442000

Fax :+44 1932 442005
support@aircominternational.com

Middle East, Africa and Central Asia

Belgium

support@aircominternational.be

France

support@aircominternational.fr

Germany

support@aircominternational.de

Italy

support@aircominternational.it

Sweden

support@aircominternational.se

United Arab Emirates

Tel : +971 4 391 2642

Fax :+971 4 391 8141
support@aircominternational.ae

South Africa

Tel : +27 11 745 1475

Fax : +27 11 465 1517
support@aircominternational.com

Americas

Mexico

support@aircominternational.com.mx

USA

Tel : +1 214 576 2700

Fax : +1 214 576 2794
support@aircominternational.us

Asia and Oceania

Brazil

support@aircominternational.com.br

Singapore

Tel: +65 6372 0548

Fax: +65 6372 0350
supportsg@aircominternational.com

China

Tel: +86 2162792779

Fax: +86 2162792855
supportsg@aircominternational.com

India

Tel: +91 124 4848200

Fax: +91 124 4517878
supportindia@aircominternational.com

When contacting us with a support query, it would help us if you:

Give us as much information as possible about the problem and the context in
which it occurred
State the version and build you are using
Have all the details of your query to hand
Are logged into the ENTERPRISE application
Can send extracts of your data sets if we need them to reproduce your problem

Database Table Relationships

CHAPTER 3

Environment Set-Up
Database Tables
The following table describes the environment set-up database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?

ACTIVEATTRIB

The active attributes used in

user-defined filters

activeattributekey

FK1 filterkey

YES

pickedobjectkey

FK2 rulekey

projectno
ACTIVEELEMENTS

The active elements used in

user-defined filters

elementtypekey

FK1 filterkey

filterkey

FK2 rulekey

projectno

YES

rulekey
ACTIVEFLAGS

The active fields used in userdefined filters

filterkey
flaggroupkey
flagkey
projectno

ACTIVEOBJECTS

The active objects used in userdefined filters

FK1 filterkey

YES

FK2 flaggroupkey

rulekey

FK3 rulekey

elementtypekey

FK1 filterkey

YES

FK1 filterkey

YES

filterkey
objectkey
projectno
ACTIVEPOLYGONS

The active polygons used in

user-defined filters

featid
filterkey
guidfield

FK2 rulekey

polygonkey
projectno
rulekey

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 41

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

AICAR

The available carriers defined in

the Carrier Layers dialog box

carriernumber

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
NO

projectno
ATTRIBUTETYPES

The attribute types used in userdefined filters

attributetypekey

CARLAY

The carrier layers defined in the

Carrier Layers dialog box

carlaykey

The carriers associated with

each carrier layer defined in the
Carrier Layers dialog box

carlaykey

CARLAYAICAR

projectno

carriernumber

FK1 freqbandkey

YES

FK1 carriernumber

YES

projectno
CELLAY

CELLAYCARLAY

The cell layers defined in the

Cell Layers dialog box

cellaykey

YES

The relationship between the

carrier layers and cell layers

carlaykey

projectno

cellaykey

COORDSYS

The datums, groups, units and

co-ordinate systems used in the
map projections

COORDSYSDATA

The BLOB record, containing

the entire co-ordinate system
file

COVCLASS

The coverage classes defined in

the Cell Layer dialog box. These
apply globally to the system,
and store the name and colour
of each of the classes

covclasskey

The user and system coverage

schemas created

covshemakey

The thresholds for each

coverage class. There are
arranged on each cell layer for
different achieved coverages

covthreshkey

CWSOURCETOCELLVECT
OR

Associations between pathloss

correction files and cell vectors

cwvectorpk

ENT_ACTIVELOGON

The active connections to the

database

sessionid

COVTHRESH

DATA
ENT_EVENTLOG_

YES

FK2 cellaykey

projectno

COVSCHEMA

FK1 carlaykey

projectno

projectno
NO

projectno
YES

projectno
NO

usrkey

Events in projects

ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG

Errors/exception that are logged

ENVTYPE

Environment type parameters

associated with the Model
Assignment Calculator

DATA

envtypepk
idname
projectno

Page 42

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

ENVTYPECLUTTER

Environment type clutter

parameters associated with the
Model Assignment Calculator

envtypeclutter
pk

The names, types and attributes

of filters defined in projects

filterkey

The field groups available for

different element types

elementtypekey

FK1 flaggroupkey

flaggroupkey

FK2 -

projectno

elementtypekey

FILTERS

FLAGASSOCIATIONS

FLAGGROUP
PERMISSIONS

The association between field

groups and user groups.

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

gain values

freqhopcars

The candidate details for

Properties

addressfk

projectno

freqconversionkey

FK1 freqbandkey

projectno
NO

projectno

candidatepk

FK1 addressfk

YES

projectno
GRIDCONFIG

GRIDCONFIGCELLS

The grid settings, including the

measurement units

configpk

The grid settings for the cells

configcellpk

YES

projectno

configfk

FK1 configfk

YES

projectno

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 43

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

GROUPCARRIER

The carriers associated with a

frequency reuse group in a
particular pattern, defined in the
Group dialog box

carriernumber

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?
YES

groupkey
projectno

HEXAGONGRIDS

HSDPARATE

The available hexagon radii

defined in the Hexagon Radii
dialog box

gridkey

YES

HSDPA coding rates

hsdparatekey

projectno
NO

projectno
IDENTIFIERS

INTF

The identifiers defined in the

Identifier Options dialog box

identifier_fk

Not used

intfkey

projectno
NO

projectno
INTFWEIGHTS

Not used

intfkey

intflevel
projectno
LOGICALOPS

LOGUMTSCELLRATE

The logical operators used in

the user-defined filters

logicalopkey

Associations between UMTS

cells and HSDPA rates

hsdparatefk

projectno

logumtscellfk

LTE cell identities

cellidkey_pk
projectno

LTECELLIDSCHEMA

LTEFRAMES

LTE cell details and schema

setting

projectno

LTE frame details

frame_pk

YES

FK1 hsdparatefk

YES

FK2 logumtscellfk

projectno
LTECELLID

FK1 filterkey

FK1 schemakey_fk

schemakey_pk
YES

projectno
LTEFREQBANDS

LTE frequency band details

freqbandpk

YES

projectno
MAPNAMES

Channel to transceiver maps

defined in the Channel Maps
dialog box

mapkey

MAPVALUES

The way in which channels are

organised on the carriers in the
Channel Maps dialog box

projectno

NEIGHBOURLIMITS

The maximum number of

neighbours allowed on different
cell and node types

limit_pk

The frequency reuse structure,

defined in the Groups dialog box

patternkey

PATTERN

Page 44

projectno
FK1 mapkey

projectno

FK1 carrierlayerkey

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

YES

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + )

Diff
Table?

PATTERNGROUP

The allocation of carriers to the

various frequency groups in a
particular pattern, defined in the
Groups dialog box

groupkey

FK1 patternkey

YES

The prediction models and their

settings created in each project

modelkey

The rules used in user-defined

filters

projectno

PREDICTIONMODEL

RULES

patternkey
projectno

YES

projectno

rulekey

FK1 filterkey

YES

FK2 logicalopkey
FK3 - ruletypekey
RULETYPES

The rule types used in userdefined filters

ruletypekey

SCHEMAMANAGERS

The schema managers

classid

SCRIPTEVENTS

The events stored in database

TIMESLOTMAP

VECATTR

The timeslot maps defined for

links in the Link Database

projectno

Vector attributes and segments

attrid

timeslotmapkey
NO

segid
vecid
VECBOUNDS

The vectors in the project.

vecid

VECFILE

The location of the vector file

filename

vecid

Table ACTIVEATTRIB
This table shows the column list:

Page 46

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

activeattributekey

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each active

attribute in the database.

attributenum

integer

Not null

Indicates the type of active attribute. A unique number will be

stored for each parameter in the Site Database. See table
below.

bool

integer

Indicates whether the active attribute is boolean (1) or not

(0).

carlayerid

varchar2(128)

Identifies the carrier layer.

cellayerid

varchar2(128)

Identifies the cell layer.

elementtypekey

integer

Stores a unique number for each element type in the

database.

filterkey

integer

Not null

Stores a unique number for each filter in the database.

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

numberA

float

If the active attribute is a number (or a range), this field is the

number 1 on the Rules Definition page of the Filter Wizard.

numberB

float

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

rulekey

integer

Not null

Stores a number for each rule in the database.

string

varchar2(255)

If the active attribute is a string, contains the string value.

Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table
This table shows the meanings of the possible values of the attributenum parameter:
Number

Attribute

GSM ID

MCC

Assigned Cell Layer

NCC

BCC

Allocated Carriers

Forbidden Carriers

Fixed Carriers

Allocated Traffic Carriers

Allocated Control Carriers

Forbidden Traffic Carriers

Forbidden Control Characters

Fixed Traffic Carriers

Fixed Control Carriers

MNC

BSIC

CGI

Cell Equipment

Equipment Correction Factor (db)

Enable DTX

Voice Activation Factor

Enable Antenna Hopping

Enable AMR

NSEI

City Type

Maximum Back Cell Radius

100

Maximum Front Cell Radius

102

Co-Channel Carriers

103

Adjacent Channel Carriers

201

202

Address 1 (Property), 1st Name (MSC), Cell Name (GSM Cell)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 47

Page 48

Number

Attribute

203

Address 2 (Property), 2nd Name (MSC)

204

Comments

205

Contact Person

206

Antenna Type

207

Feeder Type

208

NCC

209

Mechanical Downtilt

210

Azimuth

211

Height

212

Antenna Corr. Factor (db)

213

LAC

217

Carrier

218

MHA Type

220

Relative Antenna location (East) (m)

222

Relative Antenna location (North) (m)

224

1st Order NBR

225

2nd Order NBR

230

Mast

231

Cabin

233

Mast Structure Height (m)

250

Owner

251

Group

252

Owner Writable

253

Group Writable

254

All Writable

255

Last Modified User

263

Forbidden Azimuth Range Enabled

264

Clockwise Bearing Angle

265

Anti-Clockwise Bearing Angle

266

Antenna Device Fixed

267

Antenna Pattern Fixed

268

Mechanical Downtilt Fixed

269

Azimuth Fixed

270

Height Fixed

271

Constrain Max Main Lobe Tilt

272

Max Main Lobe Tilt

273

Fixed Site DB Sector Configuration

275

Primary Prediction Radius (m)

277

Primary Prediction Resolution (m)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Number

Attribute

280

Secondary Prediction Radius (m)

282

Secondary Prediction Resolution (m)

287

Relative Antenna Distance (m)

290

BSIC Schema

403

Property Code

405

DTM(m)

406

Actual DTM(m)

408

Town

409

Province

410

Post Code

411

Search Radius(m)

412

Use Actual DTM checked

416

Link High/Low Conflict

418

Location - East (m)

420

Location - North (m)

422

Building Height (m)

424

Override MTTR

425

MTTR

426

Available Height (m)

429

Antenna heights to Use (m)

431

Constrain Antenna Heights to Use

432

Height Variation Allowed

433

Antenna Co-Location Enabled

434

Same Height Antennas Min Azimuth Diff

435

Constrain Same Height Antennas Min Azimuth Diff

436

Max Mast Height (m)

438

Optimisation Status

439

Location Fixed

440

Site Always Active

601

Hexagon Radius (m)

605

Site Equipment

606

Site Equipment Fixed

1202

RAC

1402

Number of Channels

1590

Antenna RX Diversity

1591

Antenna TX Diversity

1602

Sector Carrier Noise Rise Limit (dB)

1603

Sector Short PN Code Offset

1604

Max PA Power (dBm)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 49

Page 50

Number

Attribute

1605

Rated PA Power (dBm)

1606

Min Fundamental Channel Power (dBm)

1607

Max Fundamental Channel Power (dBm)

1608

Power Control Step Size (dB)

1612

Sector Carrier Pilot Power (dBm)

1613

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 153kb (db)

1614

Sector Carrier Number of Paging Channels

1615

Sector Carrier Paging Channel Power (dBm)

1616

Sector Carrier Sync Channel Power (dBm)

1618

Sector Carrier Receiver Noise Figure (dB)

1619

Sector Carrier Excess Noise (dBm)

1620

Sector Carrier DL Radio Configuration

1621

Sector Carrier Active Set Size

1622

Sector Carrier T-Drop (dBm)

1623

Sector Carrier TX Combiner Loss (dB)

1624

Sector Carrier RX Splitter Loss (dB)

1628

Sector Carrier Max Primary Channels

1629

Sector Carrier Static Analysis Achieved DL Traffic Power (dBm)

1631

Sector Carrier Min Supplemental Channel Power (dBm)

1632

Sector Carrier Max Supplemental Channel Power (dBm)

1635

Sector Number of Channels

1637

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Max DPCH Power (dBm)

1638

Sector Carrier Broadcast Control Channel Power (dBm)

1639

Sector Carrier Quick Paging Channel Power (dBm)

1640

Sector Carrier Common Power Control Channel Power (dBm)

1641

Sector Carrier Common Assignment Channel Power (dBm)

1642

Sector Carrier Common Control Channel Power (dBm)

1650

Sector Carrier Dedicated Control Channel Power (dBm)

1651

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset Nom (db)

1652

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 9k6 (db)

1653

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 19k2 (db)

1654

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 38k4 (db)

1655

Sector Carrier EV-DO Uplink Data Offset 76k8 (db)

1656

Sector Carrier Paging Channel Data Rate (bps)

1657

Sector Carrier Number of Channels

1658

Sector Carrier Max Handoff Channels

1659

Sector Carrier Static Analysis Achieved Noise Rise (dBm)

1660

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Scrambling Code

1661

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Scrambling Code Group

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Number

Attribute

1662

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Code ID

1663

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Min DPCH Power (dBm)

1664

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Code Orthogonality Factor

1665

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA Joint Detection Orthogonality Factor

1666

Sector Carrier TD-SCDMA SP Configuration

1680

Sector Carrier MAC Indexes

1801

Main Freq Band

1802

Div Freq Band

1803

Main Freq Channel

1804

Div Freq Channel

1805

Main Channel High Freq (MHZ)

1806

Div Channel High Freq (MHZ)

1807

Main Channel Low Freq (MHZ)

1808

Div Channel Low Freq (MHZ)

1809

Main Antenna Type

1810

Div Antenna Type

1811

Main Antenna Diameter

1813

Div Antenna Diameter

1817

Main Antenna Operating Freq (MHZ)

1818

Div Antenna Operating Freq (MHZ)

1819

Main Polarisation

1820

Div Polarisation

1821

Main Radio Type

1822

Div Radio Type

1823

Main Radio TX Power (dBm)

1824

Div Radio TX Power (dBm)

1825

Main Centre Freq (MHZ)

1826

Div Centre Freq (MHZ)

1827

Main Freq Designation

1828

Div Freq Designation

1830

Link Terminal Equipment Name

1831

Cumulative Interference

1832

Show Interferers

1833

Primary BTS Routes

1834

Secondary BTS Routes

1843

Link Length (Km)

1835

Link Type

1836

LOS Status

1837

Capacity Allocation

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 51

Page 52

Number

Attribute

1838

Rainfall Region (ITU-R)

1839

Propagation Prediction Calculation Method

1840

Capacity Type

1841

Rainfall Region (Crane)

1842

Rainfall Calculation Method

2001

RX Antenna Type

2002

RX Feeder Type

2003

RX Propagation Model

2004

RX MHA Type

2006

RX MHA Gain

2007

RX Prediction Radius (Km)

2009

RX Feeder Length (m)

2011

RX Antenna Height (m)

2013

RX Azimuth

2014

RX Mechanical Down Tilt

2015

RX Antenna Corr. Factor (dB)

2016

RX Antenna RX Diversity

2017

RX Antenna TX Diversity

2019

TX Antenna Type

2020

TX Feeder Type

2021

TX Primary Prediction Model

2022

TX Secondary Prediction Model

2023

TX MHA Type

2024

TX MHA Gain

2027

TX Feeder Length (m)

2029

TX Antenna Height (m)

2031

TX Azimuth

2032

TX Mechanical Down Tilt

2033

TX Antenna Corr Factor (db)

2034

TX Antenna RX Diversity

2035

TX Antenna TX Diversity

2040

Uplink Gain (dB)

2041

Uplink Noise Rise (dB)

2042

Downlink Gain (dB)

2401

Shared Antenna ID

2402

Is Shared Antenna ID

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

About the Elementtypekey Parameter

A number of database tables include the elementtypekey parameter. This table shows
what values the parameter can have and what network elements those values
represent:
This Value

Represents

GLOBAL

ALL

LOCATION PROPERTY

LOCATION MOUNTINGPOINT

510

TRANSMISSION LINK

511

TRANSMISSION LINK PTP

512

TRANSMISSION LINK PMP

514

TRANSMISSION LINK BACKTOBACK

515

TRANSMISSION LINK REFLECTOR

521

POINT TO POINT LINKEND

550

TRANSMISSION NODE

551

TRANSMISSION NODE PMP HUB

552

POINT TO MULTI POINT SECTOR

559

TRANSMISSION MULTI RADIO LINK

561

TRANSMISSION DUAL POLAR LINK

1100

LOGICAL NETWORK

1101

LOGICAL PLMN

1200

NODE

1209

PREDICTABLE NODE

1210

CELLULAR NODE

1211

WMSC

1212

SGSN

1213

RNC

1214

NODEB

1215

WBSC

1216

BTS

1217

AMPS BTS

1218

CDMA MSC

1219

CDMA BSC

1220

CDMA BS

1222

UMTS REPEATER

1223

CDMA REPEATER

1300

CONNECTION

1301

CELLULAR CONNECTION

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 53

Page 54

This Value

Represents

1330

CONNECTION ROUTE

1331

CONNECTION ROUTE HOP

1350

TRAFFIC

1351

NODE TRAFFIC

1352

CONNECTION TRAFFIC

1354

SIMULATOR TRAFFIC

2002

CELL BASE

2301

UMTS NODEB CARRIER

2302

UMTS CELL

2501

CDMA BS CARRIER

2502

CDMA BS SECTOR

2503

CDMA SECTOR CARRIER

2505

HDR DOWNLINK PARAMS

2510

CDMA CLUSTER

2511

CDMA SITE CLUSTER

2513

CDMA CARRIER

2601

GENERIC NBR

3000

EQUIPMENT TYPE

3210

ANTENNA BASE

3300

UMTS NODEB ANTENNA

3301

UMTS CELL FEEDER

3320

CDMA BS ANTENNA

3321

CDMA SECTOR FEEDER

5100

PROPERTY

5101

INTERCON

5102

MSC

5103

BSC

5104

DISTRIBUTION NODE

5105

CELLSITE

5106

AMPS CELL

5107

GSM CELL

5108

REPEATER

5109

NOMINAL PROPERTY

5110

CANDIDATE PROPERTY

5111

PREFERRED PROPERTY

5112

REGION

5113

ZONE

5114

ATTACHMENT

5116

SUB CELL

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ACTIVEELEMENTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

flagkey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each field in the

database.

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

number1

float

Contains the minimum field value.

number2

float

Contains the maximum field value.

projectno

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

rulekey

integer

Not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.

string

varchar2 (32)

If the active field is a string, stores the string value.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table
Database Reference Guide 7.0
Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 55

FK3 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

Table ACTIVEOBJECTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

database.

rulekey

integer

not null

Primary key that stores a number for each rule in the

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + rulekey) references the RULES table

Page 56

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table ACTIVEWFS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attribtype

integer

not null

Identifies the filter rule attribute type defined in the

ENTERPRISE filter wizard.

description

varchar2(1024)

filterfk

integer

not null

rulefk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a number for each rule in the database.

wfsattrib

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the WFS attribute name.

wfsfeature

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the WFS feature name.

wfsruletype

integer

not null

Identifies the WFS rule type.

wfsservicefk

integer

not null

Foreign key referencing the WFSSERVICES table.

Stores a description of the WFS filter defined in the

ENTERPRISE filter wizard.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterfk) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + rulefk) references the RULES table

Table AICAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carriernumber

number

not null

Primary key that stores the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel

Number (ARFCN) available to the project.

projectno

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table ATTRIBUTETYPES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attributetypekey

integer

not null

Primary key used to identify attribute types in the

database.

attributetypeid

varchar2(32)

not null

Identifies the attribute type.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 57

Table CARLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

abbreviation

varchar2(128)

carlaykey

integer

colourcode

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores an abbreviation for each carrier layer.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer in

the Carriers dialog box.
Indicates whether SAT(0), DCC (1) or DVCC (2) is used on
the carrier layers.
Available in AMPS/TDMA networks only.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

freqbandkey

integer

Indicates the particular frequency band associated with each

carrier layer.

Idname

varchar2(128)

Lists the names of all carrier layers.

maxcarriers

integer

The maximum number of carriers associated with each carrier

layer.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

type

integer

Indicates the state of the carrier layer data - either traffic layer
(0), control layer (1) or MA list (2).

usereusepattern

integer

Indicates whether to reuse a pattern (1) or not (0).

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table

Table CARLAYAICAR
This table shows the column list:

Page 58

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carlaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer

in the Carriers dialog box.

carriernumber

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the carrier numbers allocated to each

carrier layer created.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carriernumber) references the AICAR table

Table CELLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Lists the names of all cell layers.

iweight

integer

Defaults to the projectno.

meanci

float

Stores the mean C/I value.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

network

integer

Indicates the technology that this cell uses, GSM(1), AMPS

(2) or TETRA (3).

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

priority

integer

Describes the order in which traffic should be serviced by the

cell layers, with 1 being the highest priority.

projectno

integer

superlayer

integer

Indicates whether the cell layer is a superlayer (1) or not (0).

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer in

the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 59

Table CELLAYCARLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carlaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer

in the Carriers dialog box.

cellaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell layer.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

priority

integer

Specifies the order in which the carrier layers should be

appear on the cell layers in the Site Database.
0 is the highest priority, then 1 and so on.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carlaykey) references the CARLAY table
FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

Table COORDSYS
This table shows the column list:

Page 60

Name

DataType

Constraint

mapcoordsyskey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each map co-ordinate system

in the database.

mapdatumkey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each map datum in the

database.

mapgroupkey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each map group in the

database.

mapunitkey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each map unit in the

database.

projectno

integer

viscoordsyskey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each co-ordinate system in

the database (used for visualisation).

visdatumkey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each datum in the database

(used for visualisation).

visgroupkey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each group in the database

(used for visualisation).

visunitkey

varchar2(64)

Stores a unique number for each unit in the database

(used for visualisation).

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table COORDSYSDATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

filedata

blob

Constraint

Description
The BLOB record contains the entire co-ordinate system
database file, and is used by the co-ordinate conversion
algorithms in the software.

Table COVCLASS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

colour

integer

Constraint

Description
Associates a palette colour with each coverage class
defined in the Cell Layers dialog box.
The number refers to the colour's palette position.

covclasskey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage

class in the Cell Layers dialog box.

covschemakey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each coverage schema in a

project.

dataset

integer

modifyuser

integer

name

varchar2(128)

projectno

integer

NOT USED.
not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Stores the name of each coverage class defined in the Cell
Layers dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table COVSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

covschemakey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage

schema in a project.

createuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

projectno

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Stores the name of each coverage schema.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 61

Table COVTHRESH
This table shows the column list:
Name

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each coverage

threshold in the database.
NOT USED.

Stores all threshold values (in dBm)

Table CWSOURCETOCELLVECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cwvectorpk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

measurement file/cell vector association.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

parentkey

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the associated cell.

parentobjecttype

integer

not null

Table ENT_ACTIVELOGON_DATA
This table shows the column list:

Page 62

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

authtype

varchar2(32)

Indicates whether the user is externally authenticated or

password authenticated when connecting to the
database.

childusrkey

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the user with the

particular user that they are impersonating.

datetime

date

not null

The date and time the user is connected to the database

for the current project.

hostname

varchar2(255)

not null

The host name for the connected client.

ip_address

varchar2(32)

The IP address of the user's machine.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

The identifier of the user connected to the database.

usrkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in

the database.

not null

Stores a unique number for the process connected to the

database.
Stores the number of the project to which the user is
connected.

The number of the sub-project that the user is logged

into.

Table ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

eventpk

varchar2(20)

not null

Stores a unique number for each event in a database.

eventtime

date

objectid

varchar2(1024)

Stores the identifier of the object the event belongs to.

objecttype2fk

number(38)

Secondary number associated with an additional type of

referenced object.

objecttypefk

number(38)

Number associated with the referenced object type.

projectno

number(38)

Stores a unique number for each project in the database.

sharedno

number(38)

The sub-project number.

usrkey

number(38)

Stores a unique number for each user in the database

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 63

Table ENT_EXCEPTIONLOG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

exinfo

varchar2(2000)

Constraint

Description
Stores a description of the error.

extime

date

The time and date when the error/exception occurred.

extype

integer

Indicates the type of error.

funcdata

xmltype

Additional information on the package that raised the

exception.

funcparams

varchar2(2000)

Parameter details of the call to the function that caused

the error.

oracode

integer

The Oracle ORA error code.

oradesc

varchar2(512)

The Oracle error description.

projectno

integer

Stores a unique number for each project in the

database.

sourcefunction

varchar2(32)

The name of function that raised the error.

sourcepackage

varchar2(32)

The name of the package that raised the error.

userkey

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

Table ENVTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Page 64

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

avghgt

float

Not null

The height, in metres, defined in the Average Height(m) field

of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.

avghgtenable

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating whether the Average Height

fields are enabled (1) or not (0). Defined by the Average
Height(m) checkbox in the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box.

avghgtoper

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the operator associated with the

Average Height(m) field of the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)

createdate

date

Not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

envtypepk

integer

Not null

Primary key, stores a number indicating the environment

type defined in the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.
Each environment type created will have a unique 8 digit
number.

idname

varchar2(128)

Not null

Primary key, storing the name of the environment type

Not null

The standard deviation, in metres, defined in the Standard

Deviation(m) field of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog
box.

stddevenable

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating whether the Standard Deviation

fields are enabled (1) or not (0). Defined by the Standard
Deviation(m) checkbox in the Model Assignment Calculator
dialog box.

stddevoper

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the operator associated with the

Standard Deviation(m) field of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)

usergroup

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Table ENVTYPECLUTTER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

clutlogop

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing the logical operator found in

the Logical Operator column of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box:
AND(6), OR(7), END(9)

clutoper

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing the operator found in the

Operator column of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog
box:
<(0), =<(1), >(2), >=(3), =(4), !=(5)

clutpercent

integer

Not null

Stores a clutter percentage number from the Percentage(%)

column of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.

clutterindex

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing the position of an item in the

Rules table of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog box.

createdate

date

Not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

envtypeclutterpk

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a number representing the type of item

in the Rules table of the Model Assignment Calculator dialog
box.

envtypefk

integer

Not null

Stores a number representing an environment type indicated

in the Environment Types panel of the Model Assignment
Calculator dialog box. Each environment type created will
have a unique 8 digit number.

idname

varchar2(32)

Not null

Stores a name from the Clutter names column of the Model

Assignment Calculator dialog box.

modifydate

date

Not null

The date when the object was last modified.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 65

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

permission

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

integer

Not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

usergroup

integer

Not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Table FILTERS
This table shows the column list:

Page 66

Name

DataType

Constraint

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores any comments associated with the filter.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

enddate

date

filterid

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores a number to identify each filter.

filterkey

integer

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each filter defined in

the database.

lastuseddate

date

Indicates the last time that the filter was used.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

parentkey

integer

permission

integer

not null

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

startdate

date

type

integer

not null

Indicates whether the filter is static (0) or dynamic (1).

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.
The filter's end date.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Identifies the parent folder for the filter.

The filter's start date.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table FLAGASSOCIATIONS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

elementtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each element

type in the database.

flaggroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group

in the database.

indx

integer

not null

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table
FK2 (elementtypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table FLAGGROUPPERMISSIONS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

flaggroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group in

the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

usergroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user group in

the database.

Table FLAGGROUPS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

fieldtype

integer

not null

Indicates the data type for each field in the table - Boolean
(0), Float (1), Integer (2), Picklist (3), String (4).

flaggroupid

varchar2(128)

not null

selected (1) or not (0) for a field in the Field Definer dialog
box of the ENTERPRISE Administrator

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 67

Table FLAGS
The FLAGS table stores each field group and its respective fields. Each row represents
one field group and has a unique name indicative of the order in which they were
added, starting at 0, followed by 1, 2, and so on. In each group you can create 50 fields
identified with a two-digit code (00, 01, 02, 49). Again, these codes are indicative of
the order in which they were added.
The columns in the FLAGS table are as follows:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

flaggroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group in

the database.

flagid

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores a unique identifier for each field.

flagkey

integer

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each flag group within the
project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new one
added.

indx

integer

not null

Stores a number for each fields in their order of creation.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + flagroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table

About Fields
Fields are associated with sites and links. The table:
FLAGGROUPS, stores object parameter names, for example UMTS Cell Ids, for
which the fields can be associated.
FLAGASSOCIATIONS, stores values indicating for which elements the field
groups are available.
FLAGVALUES, stores the individual data for the fields.

Table FLAGVALUES
This table shows the column list:

Page 68

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

elementtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each element

type in the database.

flaggroupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each field group

in the database.

flagkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each flag group within the

project, starting at 0 and counting upwards for each new
one added.

floatfielddata

float

If the field value is expressed as a float, stores the float

value.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

intfielddata

integer

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

objectkey

integer

not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each object

defined in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

stringfielddata

varchar2 (128)

If the field value is expressed as an integer, stores the

integer value.

If the field value is expressed as a string, stores the string

value.

Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + flaggroupkey) references the FLAGGROUPS table
FK2 (projectno + flaggroupkey + flagkey) references the FLAGS table
FK3 (elementtypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table FREQBAND
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

freqbandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency

band in the database.

name

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of each frequency band in the database.

networktype

integer

Indicates the type of network used, defined in the

Preferences dialog box. This can be GSM (1), AMPS (2)
or TETRA (3).

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Table FREQCARRIERCONV
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

freqbandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, indicating the particular frequency band

associated with each carrier conversion formula.

freqconversionkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier

conversion formula in the database.

name

varchar2(128)

projectno

integer

rangex

integer

Stores the first ARFCN number in the carrier range.

rangey

integer

Stores the last ARFCN number in the carrier range.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Stores the name of each conversion formula in the

database.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Page 69

Name

DataType

separation

float

Constraint

Description
Stores the separation value between the uplink and
downlink frequencies.

variablea

float

Stores the starting frequency for the conversion formulas.

variableb

float

Stores the frequency separation between adjacent

frequencies (for example, between two adjacent uplink
frequencies).

Foreign keys:
FK1 (projectno + freqbandkey) references the FREQBAND table

Table FREQUENCYDIV
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

freqhopcars

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency

hopping carrier.

gain

float

projectno

number(38)

Stores the frequency diversity gain in dB.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table GRIDCANDIDATES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

addressfk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing the ID of the nominal Property that contains

the candidate.

candaddressfk

number(38)

candidatepk

number(38)

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2 (128)

latitude

float(64)

Location of the candidate Property stored as Easting.

longitude

float(64)

Location of the candidate Property stored as Northing.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to the
table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign key which stores the ID of the candidate Property.

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each candidate Property

in the database.

NOT USED.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + addressfk) references the SITEADDRESS table
Page 70

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table GRIDCONFIG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

configpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each grid

configuration.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2 (128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

objectfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying each object in the

configuration.

objecttypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the type of each

object in the configuration.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

not null

NOT USED.
The date when the object was last modified.

Table GRIDCONFIGCELLS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellfk

number(38)

not null

Cell key for GSM or UMTS

configcellpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell in a

configuration.

configfk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the cell

with a particular configuration.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

objectfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the parent object.

objectypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the parent object type.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

subcellfk

number(38)

not null

Stores the cell layer (GSM only).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 71

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + configfk) references the GRIDCONFIG table

Table GROUPCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carriernumber

integer

not null

Primary key, indicating the carriers associated with each

group within a frequency re-use pattern.

groupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, indicating the frequency re-use pattern

associated with a carrier group.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table HEXAGONGRIDS
This table shows the column list:

Page 72

Name

DataType

createdate

dialog box.

split

integer

Indicates the method for calculating the hexagon radii, either

corner (1) or face ( 0).

style

integer

NOT USED.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mid hexagon

radii in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table HSDPARATE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

hsdparatekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each HSDPA

coding rate in the database.

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

The name of the HSDPA coding rate, defined in the

HSDPA Coding Rates dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modulation

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

rate

float

not null

The effective data rate of the HSDPA coding rate (for

example, 0.5 or 0.25), defined in the HSDPA Coding
Rates dialog box.

usergroup

integer

not null

Description

Indicates the type of modulation used, either QPSK (0) or

16QAM (1).
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table IDENTIFIERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

base_string

varchar2(32)

base_string_enabled

integer

combined_string

varchar2(32)

createdate

date

not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

enforce_name_enabled

integer

not null

Indicate whether the Enforce Naming Convention

(on Commit) option has been selected (1) or not (0).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Constraint

Description
Describes the base string (Property, MSC, BSC and
so on), defined in the Identifier Options dialog box.

not null

Indicates whether the base string is enabled (1) or

not (0).
For combined strings (such as Multi-radio links), this
stores the base string used for the second element
(for example, the radio link for a dual polar link).

Page 73

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

identifiers_pk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique value for each

identifier in the database.

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the ID name - for object types, this is NOVAL,

but the Override Database defined Identifiers option
is listed here.

id_scheme

integer

modifydate

date

not null

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

object_type_id

integer

not null

Stores a number associating an object type with a

related object type - for example, BSC and SMLC.

padding_min

integer

padding_min_enabled

integer

pattern_string

varchar2(2000)

permission

integer

not null

Three digit code that provides the permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

subtype_id

integer

not null

Stores the subtype ID.

update_cells_enabled

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Update Cell IDs option has

been selected (1) or not (0).

Stores the ID scheme value.

The Padding Min Length value.

not null

Indicates whether the Use Padding Min Length

option has been selected (1) or not (0).
Stores the Pattern String, defined in the Identifier
Options dialog box.

(Cell Site or Node identifiers only)

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Table INTF
This table shows the column list:

Page 74

Name

DataType

Constraint

caoffset

integer

NOT USED.

idname

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

intfkey

integer

numweights

integer

projectno

integer

startvalue

integer

not null

Description

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

not null

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table INTFWEIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

intfkey

integer

not null

NOT USED.

intflevel

integer

not null

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

not null

NOT USED.

weights

integer

NOT USED.

Table LOGICALOPS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

filterkey

integer

not null

parentlogicalopkey

integer

projectno

integer

sortorder

integer

treelevel

integer

not null

Indicates the logical operator's position in the tree

structure, from top-most tree level (0) downwards.

type

integer

not null

Indicates the type of logical operator used, AND (1), OR

(2) or none (0).

Stores a unique number for the parent for the logical

operator.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Defines the order in which the sibling nodes in the rule
tree are displayed and processed.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table

Table LOGUMTSCELLRATE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

permission

number

Three digit code that provides the permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

number

usergroup

number

The name of the UMTS cell.

not null

Primary key storing a unique number associating

a particular logical UMTS cell with a HSDPA rate.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1(hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
FK2 (logumtscellfk + projectno) references the LOGUMTSCELL table

Table LTECELLID
This table shows the column list:

Page 76

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellidkey_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each LTE

cell in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

schemakey_fk

number(38)

not null

Indicates the Schema setting, Unknown (0) or All (1)

defined on the General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab
for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

schema_code

number(38)

not null

Specifies the type of code schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

schema_group

number(38)

not null

Specifies the type of group schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (schemakey_fk + projectno) references the LTECELLIDSCHEMA table

Table LTECELLIDSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

network_type

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the network type.

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

schemakey_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, indicating the Schema setting,

Unknown (0) or All (1) defined on the General subtab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

Field which stores the names provided for each

logical LTE cell in the database.
The date when the object was last modified.

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Table LTEFRAMES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

configuration

number(38)

not null

The Configuration defined on the General tab in the

LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be LTE
Standard(1), or Custom(2).

createdate

date

not null

LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be FDD(1), or
TDD(2).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 77

Page 78

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

frame_duration

float

not null

The Frame Duration in ms defined on the General tab

in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box. Can be
Normal(1), or Extended(2).

frame_pk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, a number identifying the frame type.

idname

varchar(2)128

not null

The Name of the frame type defined in the LTE Frame

Structures dialog box.

modifydate

date

not null

General tab in the LTE Frame Structures dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table LTEFREQBANDS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

The Frequency Band Name defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.

freqbandpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, identifying the frequency band.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

projectno

number(38)

ulchanrast

float

ullwrrnglim

number(38)

ulstartfreq

float

uluprrnglim

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

The Downlink E-ARFCN Min defined in the Frequency

Band Editor dialog box for an LTE frequency band.
The Downlink Start Frequency in MHz defined in the
Frequency Band Editor dialog box for an LTE
frequency band.

A number identifying the E-UTRA band.

gsm

integer

Indicates whether the Channel to Carrier map uses

dedicated GPRS channels(1) or not (0).

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores the name of each Channel to Carrier map, defined in

the Channel Maps dialog box.

mapkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Channel to

Carrier map in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table MAPVALUES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrier

integer

modifyuser

number

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

projectno

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

section_id

number

not null

In combination with the limit_id, forms a unique identifier.

Total Limits per Cell =1
Neighbour Type Limits per Cell = 2

Table PATTERN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

database.

usergroup

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

Page 81

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carrierlayerkey) references the CARLAY table

Table PATTERNGROUP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

groupkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each frequency reuse group defined in the Groups dialog box.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

patternkey

integer

not null

Primary key, indicating the group carriers associated with each

pattern in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + patternkey) references the PATTERN table

Table PREDICTIONMODEL
This table shows the column list:

Page 82

Name

DataType

comments

varchar2(2048)

Constraint

Description
Stores any additional comments for the propagation
model, defined in the Propagation Models dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores the name of the propagation model, defined in

the Propagation Models dialog box.

modelkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

propagation model in the database.

modelparams

clob

Stores details of the propagation model parameters.

modeltype

varchar2(128)

Specifies the CLSID GUID of the CoClass exposing

the IAircomPredEngine interface.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

database.

rnot

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Not option is selected for the rule (1) or
not (0).

rulekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule in the

database.

ruletypekey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number for each rule type in the database.

Stores a unique number for each element type in the

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + filterkey) references the FILTERS table
FK2 (projectno + logicalopkey) references the LOGICALOPS table
FK3 (ruletypekey) references the RULETYPES table

Table RULETYPES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ruletypeid

varchar2(32)

not null

The id of the rule type.

ruletypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each rule type in

the database.

Table SCHEMAMANAGERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

classid

varchar2(200)

not null

Primary key, storing the unique identifier for a class.

description

varchar2(1024)

Optional - provides additional Schema Manager

information.

name

varchar2(32)

User defined name for the Schema Manager.

progid

varchar2(100)

Uniquely identifies a Programme ID in the System Registry.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 83

Table SCRIPTEVENTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

eventtype

number

not null

Primary key, indicating the type of event - Apply (0),

Commit (1) or Restore (2).

ignoreonerror

number

not null

Indicates whether the event will be ignored if there is an

error (1) or not (0).

isenabled

number

not null

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypekey) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (scriptkey) references the SCRIPTSTORAGE table

Table SCRIPTSTORAGE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

scriptkey

float

not null

Primary key storing a unique number for each script in the

database.

scriptname

varchar2(255)

not null

The name of the original script file.

scripttext

clob

The text of the script.

Table TERMRATE
This table shows the column list:

Page 84

Name

DataType

Constraint

changes to the table.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular HSDPA coding rate with the terminal type.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

permission

integer

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

termtypefk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

terminal type with a HSDPA coding rate.

usergroup

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (hsdparatefk + projectno) references the HSDPARATE table
FK2 (termtypefk + projectno) references the TERMTYPE table

Table TERMTYCELLAY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

float

The antenna gain (dBi) defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box , on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS), WiMAX Params
tab (WiMAX) or the RF Params tab (LTE).

beam_forming_active

integer

not null

NOT USED.

beamwidth

float

not null

The horizontal beamwidth (degrees) defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box, on the WiMAX Params (WiMAX) or
Mobile WiMAX Params tab (Mobile WiMAX) or the RF
Params tab (LTE).

bodyloss

float

The body loss (dB) defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box, on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS) and the RF
Params (LTE).

ccs1 up to ccs4

integer

Indicates whether Channel Coding Schemas 1-4 are

supported (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Dual Tech tab
in of the Terminal Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS only).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

dlchipeqfactor

double

not null

The Chip Equalisation Support Efficiency field (0 to 1) on the

HSPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).

dlintcanfactor

double

not null

The Interface Cancellation Support Efficiency field (0 to 1)

on the HSPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS
only).

dlmaxblocksize

double

not null

The Max. Supported Block Size on the HSPA tab of the

Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).

dynamrange

float

The TX Dynamic Range (dB) defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box, on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS) or the RF
Params tab (LTE).

familyA up to
familyC

integer

Indicates whether EGPRS link adaptation families A-C are

supported (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Dual Tech tab
in the Terminal Types dialog box (GSM/UMTS only).

hscsdtimeslotweightnt

integer

NOT USED.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

hscsdtimeslotweightt1 up to
hscsdtimeslotweightt4

integer

NOT USED.

hscsdtraf
perterm

float

NOT USED.

hscsdweightnt1
up to
hscsdweightnt4

integer

NOT USED.

hscsdweightt1 to
hscsdweightt8

integer

NOT USED

idname

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of the terminal type.

jointdetfact

float

NOT USED.

masternamekey

integer

Stores the name of the master terminal type.

masterterminal

integer

Indicates whether the traffic association is master (0) or

slave (1). This is specified on the General tab of the
Terminal Types dialog box.

max_blocksize_dl

integer

not null

Description

The Max Supported Block Size for the downlink.

This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (LTE only).

max_blocksize_ul

integer

not null

The Max Supported Block Size for the uplink.

This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (LTE only).

max_mod_scheme_dl

integer

not null

The Max Supported Modulation scheme on the downlink 64QAM (1), 16QAM (2), QPSK (3) or BPSK (4).
This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (LTE only).

max_mod_scheme_ul

integer

not null

The Max Supported Modulation scheme on the uplink 64QAM (1), 16QAM (2), QPSK (3) or BPSK (4).
This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box (LTE only).

max_tx_power

float(64)

not null

The Max TX Power (dBm) for a terminal type.

This is defined on the RF Params tab of the Terminal Types
dialog box (LTE only).

maxhsdpacodes

float(64)

maxmobpower

float

The maximum power that the terminal type can emit (dBm),
defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the Terminal
Params tab (CDMA2000, EV-DO and UMTS - Max Mobile
Power) or the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX - Max CPE
Power).

maxtimeslot

integer

The maximum number of timeslots that the terminal type can

use, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
GPRS/EGPRS tab (GPRS and EGPRS only).

mbhrate

float

The mean busy hour capacity (in kb/s), defined in the

Terminal Types dialog box on the GPRS/EGPRS tab (GPRS
only).

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

not null

The maximum number of HSDPA codes, defined on the

HSDPA tab of the Terminal Types dialog box (UMTS only).

Page 87

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

mu_mimo_dl

integer

not null

Indicates whether the MU-MIMO Downlink option has been

selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box for an LTE terminal type.

mu_mimo_ul

integer

not null

Indicates whether the MU-MIMO Uplink option has been

selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Terminal Category tab of the Terminal
Types dialog box for an LTE terminal type.

networkkey

integer

not null

NOT USED.

noisefig

float

Noise Figure (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog box

on the Terminal Params tab (EV-DO, UMTS or
WCMDA2000) or the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX).

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

powerstep

float

Quantisation step size for mobile transmit power (dB),

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the (W)CDMA
Params tab (UMTS only).

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

reqd_rsrq

float(64)

not null

Required RSRQ (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the RF Params tab (LTE only).

reqd_sinr

float(64)

not null

Required BCH/SCH SINR (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the RF Params tab (LTE only).

reqecio

float

reqhsscchecnt

double

not null

Required HS-SCCH Ec/Nt (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS only).

reqrscp

float

not null

Required RSCP (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS).

reqsir

float

not null

Required Pilot SIR (dB), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS).

Required Ec/Io (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the Terminal Params tab (UMTS only).

- or Required RSS (db), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the WiMAX Params tab (WiMAX).
rx_comb_gain

float(64)

The RX Combining Gain (dB), defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the RF Params tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_elem_cnt_dl

integer

not null

The number of RX Elements on the downlink for SU-MIMO,

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the Terminal
Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_elem_cnt_ul

integer

not null

The number of RX Elements on the uplink for SU-MIMO,

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the Terminal
Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_enable_dl

integer

not null

Indicates whether the SU-MIMO Downlink option has been

selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

Page 88

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

su_mimo_enable_ul

integer

not null

Indicates whether the SU-MIMO Uplink option has been

selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_mode_dl

integer

not null

Indicates the SU-MIMO mode on the downlink - Diversity

(1), Multiplexing (2) or Adaptive Switching (3).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
Terminal Category tab (LTE only).

su_mimo_mode_ul

integer

not null

is selected (1) or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on the
HSPA tab (UMTS only).

support2g

integer

NOT USED.

support3g

integer

NOT USED.

supul2mstti

integer

not null

Indicates whether the 2ms TTI option is selected (1) or not

(0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box,on the
HSPA tab (UMTS only).

switching

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

integer

Specifies what technology the terminal type uses - Circuit

switching (0), GPRS (1), EGPRS (4), CDMA2000 (6), EVDO (7), GSM/UMTS (9), Fixed WiMAX (12), Mobile WiMAX
TDD (13), Mobile WiMAX FDD (14) or LTE (15).

Page 89

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

term_category

integer

not null

Indicates the Terminal Category, defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box, on the Terminal Category tab (LTE only).
This will be a number, representing categories 1 to 5 or 0 for
Custom.

termtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each terminal

type in a database.

termweight

float

Indicates the clutter spread, either Density (0) or Weight (1).

trafficscale

float

The traffic scaling % between master and slave terminals,

defined on the General tab of the Terminal Types dialog
box.

twogmaxnumtimeslots

integer

The Maximum Number of Downlink Timeslots available,

defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the 2g RF
Params tab (Joint GSM/UMTS only).

twognoisefigdb

float

The Noise Figure (dB), defined in the Terminal Types dialog

box on the 2g RF Params tab (Joint GSM/UMTS only).

twogrecvrsensitivitydbm

float

The Receiver Sensitivity (dBm), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the 2g RF Params tab (Joint
GSM/UMTS only).

twogsnrdb

float

The required BCCH CINR (dB), defined in the Terminal

Types dialog box on the 2g RF Params tab (Joint
GSM/UMTS only).

ulmaxcodes

integer

not null

The Max. HSUPA Codes, defined in the Terminal Types

dialog box on the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

ulminsf
supported

integer

not null

The Min. SF, defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on

the HSPA tab (UMTS only).

ulmodsupported

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Support 4PAM option is selected (1)

or not (0).
This is defined in the Terminal Types dialog box on the
HSPA tab (UMTS only).

Page 90

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

usevectordensity

integer

Indicates whether the Absolute (0) or Density (1) option has

been selected.

useweights

integer

Indicates whether the terminal type uses a weight

distribution based on an Erlang figure (1) or individual Erlang
entries (0) for each clutter category.

weight

float

The weightings for the clutter categories available to each

terminal type.

wimaxmimorx

integer

not null

The number of RX Elements for MIMO Support defined in

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 91

Table TERMTYPOLYGON
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

type defined in the Terminal Types dialog box.

interconkey

integer

name

varchar2(32)

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

timeslotmapkey

integer

not null

Primary key to uniquely identify each of the timeslot maps

created within each of the projects.

ts0 to ts31

varchar2(255)

not null

Description

Indicates the link(s) associated with each timeslot map.

Stores the name of each timeslot map in the database.

Indicates whether timeslots 0-31 are divided into 4 x 16kbps

or remain as 64kbps. Also stores any textual information
added to the slots.

Table VECATTR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attrid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector attribute

in the database.

varchar2(32)

A string value for attribute, based on the attribute type.

stringangle

integer

Angle at which attribute string should be printed on screen.

vecid

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

not null

Primary key. Unique Segment identity within the vector.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector in the

database.

Page 93

Table VECBOUNDS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

Description
The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

the user who created the object.

vecid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each vector in

the database.

vecname

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the name of each vector in the database.

vectype

integer

Indicates whether the vector is a system (0), user (1) or

building vector (2).

xmax

integer

The maximum vertical extent.

unexpectedly changed files.

The directory storing the vector file.

fileid

integer

Stores a unique number for each vector file in the

database.

filename

varchar2(256)

not null

Primary key, storing the name of each vector file

in the database.

vecid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

vector in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Table WFSMAPPINGS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Table WFSSERVICES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

endpointaddr

varchar2(255)

not null

Stores the Endpoint Address defined in the WFS Services

dialog box within ENTERPRISE Administrator.

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

Stores the Identity defined in the WFS Services dialog box

within ENTERPRISE Administrator.

metadata

clob

not null

Stores metadata defined in the WFS Services dialog box

within ENTERPRISE Administrator.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

qrylifetime

integer

not null

Stores the Query Lifetime (in minutes) defined in the WFS

Services dialog box

reqtimeout

not null

Stores the Request Timeout in seconds defined in the

WFS Services dialog box within ENTERPRISE
Administrator.

wfsservicepk

not null

Identifies the WFS service key.

wfsversion

not null

Stores the WFS Version defined in the WFS Services

dialog box within ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

Page 95

Page 96

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Environment Set-Up Database Tables

CHAPTER 4

Equipment Database
Tables
The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

ANTENNADEVICE

The antenna devices

associated with antenna
patterns

devicepk

The antenna patterns used by

antenna devices

devicefk

ANTENNAPATTERN

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
YES

projectno
FK1 - devicefk

YES

patternpk
projectno

BCFTYPE

BTS

CABIN

EQUIPSUPPLIER

BCF types, defined on the

BCF tab in the Site Database

bcftypekey

BTS equipment, defined in the

BTS equipment dialog box

btskey

Cabin equipment, defined in

the Cabin dialog box

cabinkey

Equipment suppliers

equipsupplierkey

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
NO

projectno
FEEDER

LOGNODEBTYPE

MASTHEADAMP

TOWER

VHMASK

Feeder equipment, defined in

the Feeder dialog box

feederkey

Node B Types for 3g networks,

defined in the Node B Types
dialog box

nodebtypekey

Masthead Amplifier equipment,

defined in the Masthead
Amplifier dialog box

mhakey

Mast equipment, defined in the

Mast dialog box

projectno

The vertical and horizontal

masks for each antenna stored
in the Antennas dialog box

maskpk

YES

projectno
YES

towerkey

patternfk

FK1 - patternfk +
devicefk

YES

projectno

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Page 97

Table ANTENNADEVICE
This table shows the column list:

Page 98

Name

DataType

antennacategory

number(38)

Constraint

Indicates whether an antenna device is standard (0) or

switched beam (1).

cost

float

The cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing tab of the

Antennas dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the antenna.

devicepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna

device in the database.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Stores the name of each antenna in the database.

manufacturer

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of the manufacturer of the antenna.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

noelements

Costing tab of the Antennas dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the antenna weight (kg), defined on the General tab of

the Antennas dialog box.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Table ANTENNAPATTERN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

antennapatternangle

float

The angle of the pattern on the horizontal mast

(Switched beam antennas only).

configid

varchar2(64)

The Level/Parameter Config ID, defined on the Info

tab of the Antennas dialog box.

controlpatternflag

number(38)

Indicates whether a control pattern is used (1) or not

(0) (Switched beam antennas only).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

crosspolardiscrim

float

The cross polar discrimination (in dB), defined on the

Info tab of the Antennas dialog box.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description for an antenna pattern.

devicefk

number(38)

downtilt

float

The pattern downtilt, defined on the Mask tab of the

Antennas dialog box.

elecbeamadj

number(38)

the Antennas dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

parentkey

number(38)

patternpk

number(38)

permission

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, indicating which antenna device is used

with each pattern.

Stores the name of each pattern in the database.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Stores a number for the parent folder of the pattern.

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each

pattern in the database.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

Page 99

Name

DataType

polarisation

number(38)

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

tilttype

number(38)

unique_pattern_
id

varchar2(260)

not null

The Unique ID for the pattern, defined on the General

tab of the Antennas dialog box.

unique_pattern_
id_override

number(38)

not null

Identifies whether the Unique ID has been overriden

(1) or not (0).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

verticalbw

float

The vertical beamwidth, defined on the Mask tab of

the Antennas dialog box.

Indicates the polarisation of the pattern - horizontal

(0), vertical (1) or crosspolar (2) - defined on the Info
tab of the Antennas dialog box.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.
Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna
pattern, that is, either mechanical (1) or electrical (0).

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + devicefk) references the ANTENNADEVICE table

Table BCFTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Page 100

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bcftypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each BCF type.

combinertype

varchar2(128)

The combiner type, defined in the BCF Types dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

varchar2(1024)

Stores the power value for the cell.

cellspacing

integer

The Minimum Cell Spacing, defined on the Parameters tab

of the BTS Equipment dialog box.

cost

float

The unit cost of the BTS, defined on the Costing tab of the
BTS Equipment dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the BTS.

Idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the BTS,

specified on the General tab of the BTS Equipment dialog
box.

projectno

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

not null

Stores the name of each BTS in the database.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 101

Table CABIN
This table shows the column list:

Page 102

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cabinkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cabin the

database.

cost

float

The unit cost of the cabin, defined on the Costing tab of the
Cabins dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the cabin.

height

float

The height of a cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab

of the Cabins dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

length

float

The length of the cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab
of the Cabins dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in the

Cabins dialog box.
70000 = All projects folder
70001 = First created project folder.
70002 = Second created folder and so on.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the cabin,

specified on the General tab of the Cabin dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a number for the cabin supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Cabin dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

weight

float

The weight of the cabin (in kg), defined on the Dimensions

tab of the Cabins dialog box.

width

float

The width of the cabin (in m), defined on the Dimensions tab
of the Cabins dialog box.

not null

Stores the name of each cabin in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Table EQUIPSUPPLIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

address

varchar2(255)

Constraint

The equipment supplier's address, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

comments

varchar2(255)

The comments about an equipment supplier, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

varchar2(128)

The equipment supplier's email address, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

equipsupplierkey

integer

fax

varchar2(32)

The equipment supplier's fax number, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

name

varchar2(128)

The equipment supplier's name, defined on the Equipment

Supplier Properties dialog box.

phone

varchar2(32)

The equipment supplier's phone number, defined on the

Equipment Supplier Properties dialog box.

projectno

integer

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each equipment

supplier in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table FEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

connloss

float

The Total Connector Loss (in dB) for the feeder, defined on
the Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box, and used to
calculate EIRP.

float

idname

varchar2(128)

losspermetre

float

The Loss (in dB per m) of the feeder, defined on the Losses

tab of the Feeders dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each feeder in

Stores a number for the feeder supplier, defined on the

Costing tab of the Feeders dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

weight

float

The weight of the feeder (in kg per m), defined on the

Losses tab of the Feeders dialog box.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table LOGNODEBTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Page 104

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

autotxcalc

number

Indicates whether Automatic calculation of Max DL Power

per Connection has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set
on the Load Control tab of the Node B Types dialog box.

cost

float

The Unit cost of the Node B Type, defined on the Costing

tab of the Node B Types dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the Node B Type.

equipiconkey

number

Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with

each Node B Type.

idname

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of each Node B Type in the database.

modifydate

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the
General tab of the Node B Types dialog box.

perdltrafpow

number

Indicates whether the Consider proportion of downlink traffic

power used option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
set on the Load Control tab of the Node B Types dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Name

Data Type

permission

number

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

pernoiseriselim

number

Indicates whether Consider proportion of noise rise limit

reached has been selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the
Load Control tab of the Node B Types dialog box.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the feeder,

specified on the General tab of the Node B Types dialog
box.

projectno

Resource 3.

res2ulpri

number

Stores the number of uplink primary channels for Resource

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 105

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the Node B Type.

Table MASTHEADAMP
This table shows the column list:

Page 106

Name

Data Type

Constraint

cost

float

The Unit Cost of the feeder, defined on the Costing tab of the
Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the Mast Head Amplifier.

equipiconkey

integer

Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with

each mast head amplifier.

idname

varchar2(128)

insloss

float

The Insertion Loss (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab of the
Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.

maxgain

float

The Maximum Gain (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab of

the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.

mhakey

integer

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

noisefig

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Amplifier tab in the
Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the feeder,

specified on the General tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s)
dialog box.

projectno

integer

not null

Description

Stores the name of each mast head amplifier in the

database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast head

amplifier.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Name

Data Type

supplierkey

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a number identifying the feeder supplier, defined on
the Costing tab of the Mast Head Amplifier(s) dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the mast head amplifier.

Table TOWER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

cost

float

The Unit Cost of the mast, defined on the Costing tab of

the Masts dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the mast.

height

float

Stores the mast Structure Height in m, defined on the

Dimensions tab of the Masts dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

mastheightavail

varchar2(512)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

mounting

integer

NOT USED.

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in

the Masts dialog box.
80000 = All projects folder
80001 = First created project folder
80002 = Second created project folder and so on.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the mast,

specified on the General tab of the Masts dialog box.

projectno

integer

sectionlength

float

NOT USED.

supplierkey

integer

Stores the a number identifying the mast supplier, defined

on the Costing tab of the Masts dialog box.

towerkey

integer

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the mast.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Stores the name of each mast in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mast in

the database.

Page 107

Table VHMASK
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

devicefk

number(38)

not null

Indicates which antenna device uses the mask.

mask

clob

maskpk

number(38)

modifyuser

number(38)

patternfk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each mask in the

database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Combined horizontal and vertical Angle Loss Vector data

stored in XML format.
not null

Primary key, non unique key defaulted to 1 and reserved

for future use.
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes
to the table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + patternfk + devicefk) references the ANTENNAPATTERN table

Page 108

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Equipment Database Tables

CHAPTER 5

Internal Database Tables

The following table describes the internal database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

CELLEQUIPMENT

Cell equipment, defined in the

Cell Equipment dialog box

cellequipmentkey

Foreign
Keys

Diff
Table?
YES

projectno
CIBER

The Bit Error Rate

projectno
CONFIGURATION

The options in the Application

Configuration dialog box

DBCOREFRI

Relationships between Diff

tables

DBVERSION

The current database version

number, and the number of the
version from which it was
upgraded

versionnumber

FIELDSTABLE

The database tables and

associated column fields

acfieldname

ID numbers for each new site

created

idname

Interference weights tables, and

the level of interference
expected within a pixel based
on C/I ratio

intfweightskey

LOGNODETYPE

The logical node types in the

network

lognodetypekey

PRIORGROUPS

User groups

grpkey

PRIORGROUPUSER

Associations between groups

and users

grpkey

PRIORUSER

Users

usrkey

PRIORUSERLICCONFIG

Licence configuration

grpkeypk

IDSEQUENCES

INTERFWEIGHTS

optionidpk

NO
NO

actablename
NO

projno
NO

projectno

usrkey

name
usrkeypk

NO
FK1 usrkeypk

FK2 grpkeypk

version

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Page 109

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign
Keys

Diff
Table?

PRIORUSERPRIVEX

Permissions for tables

grpkeypk

FK1 grpkeypk

permissionpk
projectno
usrkeypk

FK2 usrkeypk
FK3 permission
pk

PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE

A short name to describe the

permission, and a comment

permissiontypepk

PRIORUSERRIGHTS

The options in the Power Users

Permissions dialog box.

optionidpk

Users

PRIORUSERRM

usrtypefk
NO

usrkey
PRIORUSERTYPE

All user types created and

stored in the database

usrtypepk

PROJECT

Projects

name

projectnumber
PROJECTREGION

Region information for when a

project is loaded

REF_COLUMNS

projectnumber
userkey

FK1 projectnumber

Foreign key relationships

Table CELLEQUIPMENT
This table shows the column list:

Page 110

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellequipmentkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cell equipment

defined in the database.

cost

float

The Unit cost of the cell equipment, defined on the Costing tab
of the Cell Equipment dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the cell equipment.

equipiconkey

integer

Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with

each cell equipment.

idname

varchar2(128)

loss

float

The Equipment Loss (in dB), stored on the Info tab of the Cell
Equipment dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

not null

The Part ID, stored on the General tab of the Cell Equipment
dialog box.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
NOT USED.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Name

DataType

photofile

varchar2(260)

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular supplier with

the cell equipment.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the cell equipment.

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the feeder,

specified on the General tab of the cell equipment dialog box.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table CIBER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

ber

float

number(38)

not null

Primary key, which stores the C/I value, defined in the

Define C/I BER Conversion dialog box.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Stores the BER, defined on the Define C/I BER Conversion

dialog box.

Table CONFIGURATION
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

active

integer

not null

Indicates whether this option is currently active (1) or

not (0).

activebydefault

integer

not null

Indicates whether this option is active by default (1) or

not (0).

description

varchar2(2048)

not null

The full description of the option, which is displayed in

the Description pane of the Configuration dialog box in
Administrator.

englishname

varchar2(128)

not null

parent option.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Page 111

Table DBCORERFI
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

xmldata

clob

Constraint

Description
Stores hierarchical links to the relationships between tables
in an XML format.

Table DBVERSION
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

upgradeversion

integer

versionnumber

integer

Constraint

Description
The version number of the database from which the user
upgraded.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the version of

the database the user is currently using.

Table FIELDSTABLE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

acfieldlength

integer

acfieldname

varchar2(32)

acfieldtype

varchar2(32)

actablename

varchar2(32)

Constraint

Description
The length of field entries of the varchar2 and float data
type.

not null

Primary key, storing the name of each field in the

database.
The data type of each field.

not null

Primary key, storing the name of each table in the

database.

Table IDSEQUENCES
This table shows the column list:

Page 112

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Primary key, storing the name of the network element.

nextv

number

projno

number

The last number used when a new network element was

created.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Table INTERFWEIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

ci_db0

float

Constraint

Description
The first CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights
dialog box.

ci_db60

float

The last CI_dB value in the Define Interference Weights

dialog box.

intfweightskey

integer

maxci_db

integer

The maximum CI_dB value in the Define Interference

Weights dialog box.

minci_db

integer

The minimum CI_dB value in the Define Interference

Weights dialog box.

name

varchar2(128)

The name of the group of interference weights, defined in

the Define Interference Weights dialog box.

projectno

integer

(and so on up to )

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CI_dB/Percentage pair in the database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Table LOGNODETYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

description

varchar2(30)

lognode
typekey

number

Constraint

Description
Description of the object type, used to impose referential integrity on
the type fields in all tables.

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each logical node type defined in
the database.

Table PRIORGROUPS
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

enabledistribution

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Enable Distribution option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Distributed
Predictions tab of the User Properties dialog box.

grp

varchar2(128)

The name of the group, defined in ENTERPRISE

Administrator.

grpcom

varchar2(255)

Stores any optional comments on the group.

grpkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each group in the

database.

licuserestricted

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Apply Licence Control option is

selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties Licence
Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Page 113

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

liccommute
restricted

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Apply Licence Commute Control

option is selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties
Licence Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE Administrator.

licgrphasconfig

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Use Group for Configuration option is

selected (1) or not (0) on the Group Properties Licence
Configuration tab in ENTERPRISE Administrator.

maxnumagents

integer

not null

Stores the maximum number of agents, if this has been

specified on the User Properties dialog box.

predpriority

integer

not null

Indicates the relative priority of the user for the processing

of distributed predictions - Lowest (1), Low (50), Medium
(100), High (500) or Highest (10000). Defined on the
Distributed Predictions tab of the User Properties dialog
box.

projectpriv

integer

Indicates whether the group has the Enable Project

Creation privilege (1) or not (0).

showprojectpriv

integer

Indicates whether this group can view projects for which it

does not have the Open Project permission.

specifymaxagents

integer

not null

Indicates whether the maximum number of agents is

Specified (1) or Unlimited (0).

Table PRIORGROUPUSER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

The Email Address of the user, defined on the 5th page

of the Create A New User dialog box.

email_id2

varchar2(128)

The Email Address 2 of the user, defined on the 5th page

of the Create A New User dialog box.

enabledistribution

integer

not null

Description

Indicates the Default Group to which the user is

attached, defined on the 4th page of the Create A New
User dialog box.

Indicates whether the Enable Distribution option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Distributed Predictions tab of the User Properties dialog
box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

extauth

integer

not null

Indicates whether the Use External OS

Authentication option is selected (1) or not (0). This
is defined on the 1st page of the Create A New User
dialog box.

firstname

varchar2(128)

The First Name of the user, defined on the 1st page

of the Create A New User dialog box.

lastlogon

date

specified - only the user has write permission over
the sites they create (0), all users belonging to the
default group defined for this user have these
permissions(1), or all users have privileges over the
sites this user creates (2).
This is defined on the 4th page of the Create A New
User dialog box.

specifymaxagents

integer

usr

varchar2(32)

The User Id, defined on the 1st page of the Create A

New User dialog box.

usrcom

varchar2(255)

Any option comments for the user, defined on the

1st page of the Create A New User dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

not null

Indicates whether the maximum number of agents is

Specified (1) or Unlimited (0).

Page 115

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

usrkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in

the database.

usrtype

integer

not null

Indicates the user type.

workno

varchar2(30)

The Work Number of the user, defined on the 5th page of

the Create A New User dialog box.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (usrtype) references the PRIORUSERTYPE table

Table PRIORUSERLICCONFIG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

active

number(38)

not null

Indicates whether the Request option for a licence is

selected(1) or not (0). Defined on the Licence
Configuration page of the Create New User Wizard in
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

allowed

number(38)

not null

Indicates whether the Allowed option for a licence is

selected(1) or not (0). Defined on the Licence
Configuration page of the Create New User Wizard in
ENTERPRISE Administrator.

Data Type

Constraint

Description

grpkeypk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the user

with a particular group.

permissionpk

integer

not null

Primary key defining a particular instance of a permission

type.

permvalue

integer

Stores the value of the permission, either 0 or 1.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

usrkeypk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in the

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (grpkeypk) references the PRIORGROUPS table
FK2 (usrkeypk) references the PRIORUSER table
FK3 (permissionpk) references the PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE table

Table PRIORUSERPRIVEXTYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

permissiontypepk

integer

not null

Primary key defining the permission.

shortname

varchar2(64)

Stores a short name to describe the permission,

which the code references.

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Comment made by the user.

Table PRIORUSERRIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

allowed

integer

not null

Indicates whether the option is currently selected

(1) or not (0) in the Power Users Permissions
dialog box.

allowedbydefault

integer

not null

Indicates whether the option is selected by default

(1) or not (0) in the Power Users Permissions
dialog box.

description

varchar2(2048)

not null

The full description of the option, which is

displayed in the Description pane of the Power
Users Permissions dialog box.

englishname

varchar2(128)

not null

the various users. SuperUser (0), Regional
SuperUser (1), Normal User (2) and Power User
(3).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Page 117

Table PRIORUSERRM
This database table is used in the synchronisation utility for keeping track of general
information. This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

defaultgrp

integer

Indicates the Default Group to which the user is attached,

defined on the 4th page of the Create A New User dialog
box.

extauth

integer

Indicates whether the Use External OS Authentication

option is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 1st
page of the Create A New User dialog box.

integer

projectpriv

integer

Indicates whether the user has the Enable Project Creation

privilege (1) or not (0). This is defined on the 3rd page of
the Create A New User dialog box.

sitemask

integer

Indicates which Object Creation Defaults have been

specified - only the user has write permission over the sites
they create (0), all users belonging to the default group
defined for this user have these permissions(1), or all users
have privileges over the sites this user creates (2).

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

This is defined on the 4th page of the Create A New User

dialog box.
usr

varchar2(32)

The User Id, defined on the 1st page of the Create A New
User dialog box.

usrcom

varchar2(255)

Any option comments for the user, defined on the 1st page
of the Create A New User dialog box.

usrkey

integer

usrtype

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user in the

database.
Indicates the user type.

Table PRIORUSERTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Page 118

Name

DataType

typename

varchar2(255)

usrtypepk

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores the name of the user type.

not null

Primary key, which provides distinction

between the various users. SuperUser (0),
Regional SuperUser (1), Normal User (2) and
Power User (3).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Table PROJECT
This table shows the column list:
Name

htdir

varchar2(255)

Stores the path to the Heights directory associated

with the project, defined on the Map data directories
tab on the Modify Project dialog box.

isremote

integer

Indicates whether the project is remote (1) or not (0).

latmax

float(64)

The Latitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the Modify
Project dialog box.

latmin

float(64)

The Latitude Minimum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the Modify
Project dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 119

Page 120

Name

DataType

lonmax

float(64)

Constraint

The Longitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map

data extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the
Modify Project dialog box.

lonmin

float(64)

The Latitude Maximum co-ordinates for the map data

extents, defined on the Region Load tab of the Modify
Project dialog box.

mapinfoprojection

varchar2(500)

The name of the MapInfo projection system being

used for this project, defined on the Coord System tab
of the Modify Project dialog box.

modified

varchar2(64)

The date and time when each project was last

modified, defined on the Info tab of the Modify Project
dialog box.

name

projection with the project.

projectnumber

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Name

DataType

threeglocalfolder

varchar2(255)

Constraint

in a database.

region

regionload_ot_va

userkey

integer

The coordinates of the region.

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectnumber) references the PROJECT table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

Page 121

Table REF_COLUMNS
This table shows the column list:

Page 122

Name

DataType

column_name

varchar2(32)

Constraint

Description

constraint_name

varchar2(32)

table_name

varchar2(32)

table_type

varchar2(1)

The name of the column containing the foreign key.

not null

The name of the constraint found in the foreign table.

The name of the foreign table.

The table type.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Internal Database Tables

CHAPTER 6

Logical Network Database

Tables
The following table describes the logical network database tables:
This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

CARRIEDTRAFFIC

Carried traffic amounts

at the cell level

cartrafdetpk

FK1 - lognodetypefk

YES

projectno

FK2 - termtypekeyfk

DETAIL

FK3 - servicekeyfk
CARRIEDTRAFFIC
TOTAL
GENREPEATER

IS95CARRIER

Carried traffic amounts

at the site level

cartraftotpk

Repeaters, defined in
the Site Database

lognodepk

IS95 carriers

is95carpk

FK1 - lognodetypefk

YES

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

projectno

projectno
YES

projectno
LOGATTACHMENT

LOGCONNECTION

LOGCONNROUTE

LOGCONNRTHOP

LOGIS95ANTENNA

LOGIS95BS

LOGIS95BSC

LOGIS95CAR

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Attachments in the
logical network

attachpk

YES

Logical connections

logconnkey

FK1 - lognodeafk

projectno

FK2 - lognodebfk

Logical connection
routes

connroutepk

FK1 - logconnfk

YES

Logical connection
route hops

projectno

FK1 - logconnfk

YES

IS95 antennas in logical

networks

is95antpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

IS95 BSs in logical

networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

IS95 BSCs in logical

networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

IS95 carriers in logical

networks

is95carpk

FK1 - is95carpk

YES

projectno

FK2 - logbsfk

projectno
YES

projectno

routehoppk

projectno

Page 123

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LOGIS95CLSITE

IS95 carrier layer sites

in logical networks

is95bspk

FK1 - is95clusterfk

YES

IS95 clusters in logical

networks

is95clusterpk

IS95 feeders in logical

networks

is95feedpk

FK1 - is95antfk

projectno

FK2 - is95sectorfk

IS95 MSCs in logical

networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

IS95 sector carriers in

logical networks

projectno

FK1 - carrierfk

YES

seccarpk

FK2 - sectorfk

IS95 sectors in logical

networks

projectno

FK1 - logbsfk

LOGIS95MSC

LOGIS95SECCAR

LOGIS95SECTOR

LOGLTEANTENNA

LOGLTECAR

LOGLTECELL

LOGLTECELLCAR

LOGLTEFEEDER

LOGLTENODE

projectno
YES

projectno

sectorpk

projectno

YES

FK2 - lognodetypefk
LOGNETWORK

LOGNODE

The logical network

Logical nodes

lognetworkpk

FK1 - parentfk only

projectno

FK2 networktypefk only

lognodepk

FK1 lognodetypefk only

projectno

YES

FK2 - addressfk
FK3 - lognetworkfk
LOGNODEB

Logical node Bs

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

FK1 - lognetworkpk

YES

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

projectno
LOGNODETRAFFIC

Logical node traffic

projectno
trafficpk

LOGPLMN

LOGRNC

The logical PLMN

network

lognetworkpk

Logical RNCs

lognodepk

projectno

Page 124

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

LOGUMTSANTENNA

UMTS antennas in
logical networks

projectno

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

UMTS carriers in logical

networks

projectno

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

umtscarpk

FK2 - tgcarrierfk

UMTS cells in logical

networks

projectno

FK1 - lognodefk

umtscellpk

FK2 - umtscarfk

UMTS cell carriers in

logical networks

projectno

FK1 - umtscellfk

cellcarrierpk

FK2 - carrierfk

Logical UMTS feeders

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

Mobile WiMAX carriers

in logical networks

carrierpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

projectno

FK2 wimaxmobcarrierfk

Mobile WiMAX cells in

logical networks

cellpk

FK1 - lognodefk

YES

Mobile WiMAX cell

carriers in logical
networks

cellcarrierpk

FK1 - wimaxmobcellfk

YES

projectno

FK2 - carrierfk

Mobile WiMAX feeders

in logical networks

feedpk

FK1 - antfk

projectno

FK2 wimaxmobcellfk

Mobile WiMAX nodes in

logical networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

Fixed WiMAX nodes in

logical networks

lognodepk

FK1 - lognodepk

YES

LTE carriers

carrierkey

FK1 - freq_band_fk

YES

projectno

FK2 - frame_struct_fk

LOGUMTSCAR

LOGUMTSCELL

LOGUMTSCELLCAR

LOGUMTSFEEDER

LOGWIMAXANTENNA

LOGWIMAXCAR

LOGWIMAXCELL

LOGWIMAXCELLCAR

LOGWIMAXFEEDER

LOGWIMAXMOB
ANTENNA
LOGWIMAXMOBCAR

LOGWIMAXMOBCELL

LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
CAR
LOGWIMAXMOB
FEEDER
LOGWIMAXMOBNODE

LOGWIMAXNODE

LTECARRIER

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

umtsantpk

projectno

YES

projectno

YES

projectno

YES

projectno

Page 125

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

MIMOGAINLOOKUP

MIMO details

mimolookuppk

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
NO

projectno
PNINDEXSCHEMA

PN code index numbers

idname

pnindex
schemapk
projectno
SIMTRAF

Served traffic from the

3g Simulator (including
handover traffic)

projectno

FK1 - lognodebfk

trafficpk

FK2 - tgdlbitratefk

YES

FK3 - tgulbitratefk
FK4 - tgservicefk
SRVCELLBITPRIOR

The priority order for

bearers allocated to a
cell layer

bitratekey
cellaykey
projectno

SRVCELLPRIOR

The priority order for

cell layers allocated to a
service

FK3 servicekey

cellaykey

FK1 cellaykey

projectno

TGCARRIER

3g Bitrates, defined in
the Bitrates dialog box

bitratekey

3g carriers

carrierkey

projectno

YES

FK2 cellaykey

servicekey

servicekey
TGBITRATE

FK1 bitratekey

YES

FK2 servicekey
FK1 hsdparatefk

YES

projectno
TGCARRIERADJ

3g carrier adjacencies

projectno
rowindex

FK1 tgcarrierfk

YES

tgcarrierfk
TGCLUTPATHLOSS

Path loss values for 3g

clutter

code

key
projectno

TGRESTYPE

TGSERVBIT

3g resources that can

be used in the 3g
simulator

projectno

The relationship
between 3g bitrates and
services

bitratekey

YES

resourcekey
YES

projectno
servicekey

TGSERVICE

3g services

projectno

YES

servicekey
TGSHOG

3g soft handover gains

projectno

YES

shogkey
TGTERMSERV

The relationship
between 3g terminal
types and services

projectno

YES

servicekey
termtypekey

Page 126

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

This
Table

Stores
Information On

Primary
Keys

UMTSCODE

UMTS scrambling
codes

code

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

carrierno
projectno

WIMAXMOBCARRIER

Mobile WiMAX carrier

adjacencies

ADJ

projectno
rowindex

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

Foreign key that identifies the logical node type.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

parentfk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the parent element in the logical network.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

protected

number(1)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Indicates whether the Protected option on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database is selected(1)
or not (0).

Page 127

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

servicekeyfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key that identifies the service type.

terminalcount

float

termtypekeyfk

number(38)

throughputdl

float

The Download Total traffic in kbps defined on the

Carried Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database.

throughputul

float

The Upload Total traffic in kbps defined on the Carried

Traffic Tab for a cell in the Site Database.

The number of terminals defined on the Carried Traffic

Tab for a cell in the Site Database.
not null

Foreign key that identifies the service type.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (termtypekeyfk + projectno) references the TERMTYPE table
FK3 (servicekeyfk + projectno) references the TGSERVICE table

Table CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL
This table shows the column list:

Page 128

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cartraftotpk

number(38)

not null

traffic belongs on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in
the Site Database. PS(1) or CS(0).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

throughputul

float

Constraint

Description
The Uplink Total Traffic in kbps defined in the Total
Traffic Pane on the Carried Traffic Tab for a Site in the
Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table GENREPEATER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

calcmethod

number(38)

not null

Indicates the selected output signal calculation method for an

LTE repeater - either Specify DL Gain (0) or Specify Output
Power (1).
This is defined on the Config tab for an LTE repeater in the
Site Database.

cellfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number associating the repeater with a

particular cell

dlgain

float

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

repeater with a particular logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

database.

rxantennafk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with the

receiving element of the repeater.

technology

integer

txantennafk

number(38)

ulgain

float

The uplink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config
tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

ulnoisefactor

float

The uplink noise (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the Config
tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

The downlink gain (in dB) of the repeater, defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

Indicates the technology type of the repeater: UMTS (257),

CDMA2000 or EV-DO (0), Fixed WiMAX (512), Mobile WiMAX
(2048).
not null

Associates the antenna with the transmitted element of the

repeater.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 129

Table IS95CARRIER
This table shows the column list:

Page 130

Name

Data Type

allocated

number(38)

Constraint

NOT USED

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

Stores the uplink frequency.

rightnbrchan

number(38)

Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour

channel.

rightnbrdldb

float

Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour

downlink.

rightnbruldb

float

Stores the value of interference from the right neighbour

uplink.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each CDMA2000

carrier.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGATTACHMENT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attachpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each attachment in

the database.

comments

database.

Table LOGCONNECTION
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

conntype

number(38)

not null

Indicates the type of connection.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

connection.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Stores any optional comments about the connection.

Page 131

Name

Data Type

usergroup

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodeafk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGCONNROUTE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

connroutepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each connection

route in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

indexno

number(38)

Stores the route's index number.

logconnfk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

Page 132

Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

Indexno

number(38)

Indicates the position in the hop sequence.

linkfk

number(38)

not null

Description

Stores a unique number, associating the route hop with a

particular link.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

logconnfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the route hop with a

particular logical connection.

logconnrtfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the route hop with a

particular connection route.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

routehoppk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each route hop.

startend

number(38)

Indicates whether is start point A (0) or end point B (1).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + logconnrtfk) references the LOGCONNROUTE table

Table LOGIS95ANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

anttypefixed

number(38)

anttypefk

Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database in
the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description
Stores a number representing the antenna type defined on
the Antenna tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, indicating the antenna used.

Page 133

Page 134

Name

Data Type

cwwallbrg

number(38)

Constraint

Stores a number representing the clockwise bearing angle

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000
BS in the Site Database.

downtilt

float

The Total Downtilt (in degrees) on the antenna, defined on

the Antennas tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

height

float

The antenna Height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

heightfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Height Fixed defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site
Database.

indexno

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

predresolutionimp2

float

Constraint

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.

predresolutionmet1

float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

Indicates if the a repeater is used (1) or not (0).

sharedantenna

number(38)

Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

usewallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing a wall bearing constraint on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site
Database.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:

FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGIS95BS table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 135

Table LOGIS95BS
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

capacity

float

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

associating the CDMA2000 BS with a particular
logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

maxhochanspool

number(38)

NOT USED.

maxprimchanspool

number(38)

NOT USED.

modifyuser

number(38)

numchanspool

number(38)

The number of channels for the CDMA BS

Channel Pool, defined on the BS Params tab
for a CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

predradius

number(38)

NOT USED.

predresolution

number(38)

NOT USED.

projectno

number(38)

sectorradius

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps

defined on the Carried Traffic tab for a
CDMA2000 BS in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores the radius of the sector.

Foreign Keys:

Page 136

FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table

FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGIS95BSC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating each

CDMA2000 BSC with a logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

modifyuser

number

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

projectno

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

supports_sho

number

Indicates whether the CDMA2000 BSC supports soft

handover (1) or not (0).

twowayhandover

float

Indicates the 2-Way HO percentage defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for a CDMA2000 BSC in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGIS95CAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

Field which stores the names provided for each logical

IS95 carrier in the database.

is95carpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CDMA2000 carrier in the database.

is95carrierdatafk

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Page 137

Name

Data Type

permission

number(38)

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

traffchandatarate

number(38)

The number of traffic channel elements at a particular

data rate.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95carrierdatafk) references the IS95CARRIER table
FK2 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOGIS95BS table

Table LOGIS95CLSITE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

Description
The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

is95bspk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

CDMA2000 cluster site with a particular CDMA2000 BS.

is95clusterfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number for each CDMA2000 cluster site in

the database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95clusterfk) references the LOGIS95CLUSTER table

Page 138

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGIS95CLUSTER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

Idname

varchar2(128)

User defined identifier for each particular cluster.

Is95clusterpk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dlgain

float

The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

feedertypefk

number(38)

not null

feeder in the database.

length

Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Indicates whether RX Diversity is being used (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.

txdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether TX Diversity is being used (1) or not (0).

This is defined on the Antennas tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + is95antfk) references the LOGIS95ANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + is95sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table

Table LOGIS95MSC
This table shows the column list:

Page 140

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

CDMA2000MSC with a particular logical node.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

needsbsc

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

supports_sho

number(38)

Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC needs a

CDMA2000BSC (1) or not (0).
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Indicates whether the CDMA2000MSC supports soft
handover (1) or not (0).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGIS95SECCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

activesetsize

number(38)

The Active Set size, defined on the Power/Sho

subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA sector in
the Site Database.

broadcastcntrlchanpwr

float

The Broadcast Control Channel Power (in

dBm), defined on the Channel Power subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

broadcastcntrl
chanpwrcheck

integer

Indicates whether the Broadcast Control

Channel Power parameter has been selected
(1) or not (0).

carrierfk

number(38)

codeorthofactor

float

Channel Power parameter has been selected
(1) or not (0).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

dataoffsetchanpwr153k6

float

Stores the data offset channel power 153.6

kbit/sec.

dataoffsetchanpwr19k2

float

Stores the data offset channel power 19.2

kbit/sec.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Stores a unique number, associating the CDMA

sector with a particular carrier.

Page 141

Page 142

Name

Data Type

dataoffsetchanpwr38k4

float

Constraint

Description
Stores the data offset channel power 38.4
kbit/sec.

dataoffsetchanpwr76k8

float

Stores the data offset channel power 76.8

kbit/sec.

dataoffsetchanpwr9k6

float

Stores the data offset channel power 9.6

kbit/sec.

dataoffsetnomchanpwr

float

macindexes

integer

The number of MAC Indexes, defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for an EVDO sector in the Site Database.

makevalro

number(38)

Indicates whether to make the value read-only

(1) or not (0).

maxdpchpwrdbm

float

FOR FUTURE USE

maxhochanelems

number(38)

Stores the maximum number of handoff

channel elements.

maxhochanspool

number(38)

The Maximum Handoff Channels, defined on

the Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

maxpapwr_dbm

float

The Max PA Power (in dBm), defined on the

Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

maxprimchanspool

number(38)

The Maximum Primary Channels, defined on

the Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

maxpwrperchan_dbm

float

Stores the maximum power per channel.

maxsupppwr_dbm

float

The Max Supplemental Channel Power

(dBm/bit), defined on the Power/Sho subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

meanachnoiserise

float

The Mean Achieved Noise Rise (in dB), defined

on the Static Analysis subtab of the Params tab
for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

meanhochanusd

minpwrperchan_dbm

float

Stores the minimum power per channel.

minsupppwr_dbm

float

The Min Supplemental Channel Power (in

dBm/bit), defined on the Power/Sho subtab of
the Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

noiseriselmt_db

float

The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
sector.

numchanspool

number(38)

The Number of Channels, defined on the

Channel Pool subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

numpagingchans

number(38)

The Number of Paging Channels, defined on

the Paging subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

numpooledprimchanelems

number(38)

Stores the number of pooled primary channel

elements.

orthogfactor

float

Stores the orthogonality factor used.

pagingchandatarate_kbs

float

The Paging Channel Data Rate (in kbps),

defined on the Paging subtab of the Params
tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

pagingchanpwr_dbm

float

The Paging TX Channel Power (in dBm),

defined on the Paging subtab of the Params
tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 18.

pilotpwr_dbm

float

The Pilot Channel Power (in dBm), defined on

the Channel Power subtab of the Params tab
for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

pwrctlstepsize_db

float

The Power Control Step Size (in dB), defined

on the Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for
a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

quickpagingchanpwr

float

The Quick Paging Channel Power (in dBm),

defined on the Channel Power subtab of the
Params tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

quickpaging
chanpwrcheck

integer

Indicates whether the Quick Paging Channel

Power parameter has been selected (1) or not
(0).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Page 143

Name

Data Type

ratedpapwr_dbm

float

Constraint

Description
The Rated PA Power (in dBm), defined on the
Power/Sho subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

rcdownlink

varchar2(32)

The Downlink Configuration (1-10, 0=EV-DO),

defined on the General subtab of the Params
tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

rcuplink

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

rcvrnoisefigure_dbm

float

The Receiver Noise Figure (in dB), defined on

the General subtab of the Params tab for a
CDMA sector in the Site Database.

rx_loss_db

float

The RX Splitter Loss (in dB), defined on the

General subtab of the Params tab for a CDMA
sector in the Site Database.

scramblingcode

number(38)

FOR FUTURE USE

scramblingcodegrp

number(38)

FOR FUTURE USE

seccarpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

identifying the sector carrier.

sectorfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the sector.

spconfig

number(38)

FOR FUTURE USE

syncchandatarate_kbs

float

associated with the user who created the
object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGIS95CAR table
FK2 (projectno + sectorfk) references the LOGIS95SECTOR table

Page 144

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGIS95SECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Field which stores the names provided for each

logical IS95 sector in the database.

logbsfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number associating the CDMA

sector with a particular CDMA BS.

maxhochanspool

number(38)

NOT USED.

maxprimchanspool

number(38)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

numchanspool

number(38)

The Number of Channels, defined on the General

tab for a CDMA sector in the Site Database.

pncode

number(38)

The Short PN Code Offset, defined on the

General tab for a CDMA sector in the Site
Database.

projectno

number(38)

sectorname

varchar2(128)

sectorpk

number(38)

signallingoverhead

float

The date when the object was created.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
The CDMA Sector Name, defined on the General
tab for a CDMA sector in the database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

CDMA sector in the database.
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on
the Carried Traffic tab for a CDMA sector in the
Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + logbsfk) references the LOGIS95BS table

Table LOGLTEANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

anttypefixed

number(38)

anttypefk

number(38)

azimuth

float

The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.

azimuthfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the azimuth defined on the

Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the Site
Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description
Stores a number representing the antenna type defined on
the Antenna tab for an LTE node in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

Page 145

Name

Data Type

ccwwallbrg

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number representing the anti-clockwise bearing
angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.

coordx

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the x axis.

coordy

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the y axis.

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for an LTE

node in the Site Database.

lognodefk

number(38)

maxlobetilt

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Max main Lobe Tilt

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in
the Site Database.

mechdownfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Mechanical Downtilt

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE
node in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

nodeantennapk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

LTE antenna in the database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

predmodelkey1

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Model

selected on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.

predmodelkey2

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Model selected on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.

predradiusimp1

float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Radius

in miles defined on the Antennas tab in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular logical node.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

number(38)

Indicates if the Connected Repeater option has been

selected (1) or not (0).

sharedantenna

number(38)

Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).

ulgaincorrfactor

float

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

usewallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing a wall bearing constraint on

the Antenna Constraints tab for an LTE node in the Site
Database.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

The upload antenna correction factor/gain, defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGLTENODE table

Table LOGLTECAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

LTE carrier in the database.

createdate
createuser

idname

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

The date when the object was created.

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.
Field which stores the names provided for each
LTE carrier in the database.

Page 147

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognodefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical

LTE carrier with a particular logical node.

ltecarrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

enodeB.

modifydate

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for
the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 ( ltecarrierfk + projectno) references the LTECARRIER table
FK2 ( lognodefk + projectno) references the LOGLTENODE table

Table LOGLTECELL
This table shows the column list:

Page 148

Name

DataType

Constraint

beamformarrayelems

number(38)

The number of beamforming array elements. Defined on the

AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

beamformingsupport

number(2)

Indicates whether Beamforming is enabled (1) or not (0).

Defined on the AAS Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site
Database.

cellid

number(38)

The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for an LTE cell
in the Site Database.

cellname

varchar2(128)

The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for an LTE cell
in the Site Database.

cellpk

to the table.

not null

Description

Primary Key, identifying the cell.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 149

Name

DataType

ulirfactor

float

Constraint

Description
The beamforming uplink IR factor defined on the AAS
Settings tab for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodefk + projectno) references the LOGLTENODE table

Table LOGLTECELLCAR
This table shows the column list:

Page 150

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

adaptivemimothresh

float

The Adaptive MIMO SNR value in dB defined on the

Thresholds sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE
cell on the Site Database.

adaptivemimothresh
enabled

number(2)

Indicates whether the Adaptive MIMO SNR option is

selected (1) or not (0). Defined on the Thresholds subtab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

broadcastoffset

float

The Broadcast offset value in dB defined on the

Channel Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an
LTE cell on the Site Database.

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

enodeB.

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

celledgethreshmode

number(2)

cellid

number(38)

cellspecificfreqoffsets

number(2)

NOT USED.

codeschemakey

number(38)

Indicates the Schema setting, Unknown (0) or All (1)

defined on the General sub-tab of the LTE Params tab
for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

codeschematype

number(38)

Specifies the type of code schema used. Type(0) is

unknown.

controloffset

float

The Control offset value in dB defined on the Channel

Power sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell
on the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dlcellcenterload

float

The Downlink Load Cell Centre percentage defined on

the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.

Indicates the Cell Edge Threshold mode RSRP (0) or

Relative RSRP (1) defined on the Thresholds sub-tab of
the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.
not null

The Physical Cell ID defined on the General sub-tab of

the LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site
Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

dlcelledgeload

float

The Downlink Load Cell Centre percentage defined on

the Cell Load Levels sub-tab of the LTE Params tab for
an LTE cell on the Site Database.

icicschemesenabled

number(2)

Indicates whether the ICIC Schemes option is selected

(1) or not (0). Defined on the General sub-tab of the
LTE Params tab for an LTE cell on the Site Database.

ltecellfk

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Page 151

Name

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGLTEFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

antfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular LTE cell.

corrfactor

float

Value in dBs that provides a correction factor on the cell

equipment used, if necessary. A positive value represents
a gain and a negative value a loss.

dlgain

float

The Downlink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab

for an LTE cell in the Site Database.

feedertypefk

number(38)

length

float

an LTE cell in the Site Database. None(0), otherwise a
unique seven digit number.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGLTEANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + ltecellfk) references the LOGLTECELL table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 153

Table LOGLTENODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for an eNodeB in the Site database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

handoverpercentage

float

The Handover Percentage defined on the Carried Traffic

tab for an eNodeB in the Site database.

isnominatedsgw

number(2)

Indicates whether the Nominate as S-GW option is selected

(1) or not (0) on the General tab for an eNodeB in the Site
database.

lognodepk

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each eNodeB in

the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGNETWORK
This table shows the column list:

Page 154

Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

Description
The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The Network Identity, defined on the General tab for a

logical network in the Site Database.

lognetworkpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, stores a unique number for each logical

network in the database.

mecontextid

varchar2(128)

Further field used to uniquely identify the elements in the

network hierarchy.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

modifydate

date

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

number(38)

networktypefk

number(38)

parentfk

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

subnetid

varchar2(128)

Field used to uniquely identify the elements in

the network hierarchy.

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments for the logical

network.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.
Indicates the network type - logical (1100) or
PLMN (1101).

not null

Foreign key that uniquely identifies the parent

folder for the logical network.
Three digit code that provides the permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 - (projectno + parentfk) references the LOGNETWORK table
FK2 - (networktypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGNODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

addressfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical

node with a particular site.

constrflags

number(38)

Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and

power planning load contraints (Fixed
Configuration, Fixed Node B Type)

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

hasconstraints

number(38)

Indicates whether the constrflags option has been

selected (1) or not (0).

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The logical node Identity, defined on the General

tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

lognetworkfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the logical

node with a particular logical network.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

logical node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 155

Name

Data Type

maxsectors

number(38)

Constraint

Maximum number of sectors to be generated by the slot

pattern generation algorithm.

minsectors

number(38)

Minimum number of sectors to be generated by the slot

pattern generation algorithm.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

name

varchar2(128)

The 1st Name of the logical node, defined on the General

tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

name2

varchar2(128)

The 2nd Name of the logical node, defined on the General

tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

networklevel

number(38)

NOT USED.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

projectno

number(38)

signallingoverhead

float

The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

usercomment

varchar2(255)

Stores any comments for the logical node.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table
FK2 (projectno + addresskey) references the SITEADDRESS table
FK3 (projectno + lognetworkfk) references the LOGNETWORK table

Table LOGNODEB
This table shows the column list:

Page 156

Name

Data Type

Constraints

Description

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Node B

in the database.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

predresolution

number(38)

Constraints

Description

projectno

number(38)

res1dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res2dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res3dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res1dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res2dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res3dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res1dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res2dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res3dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res1ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res2ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res3ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res1ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res2ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res3ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res1ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res2ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res3ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

The Prediction Resolution (in m), defined on the

Prediction tab
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGNODETRAFFIC
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

bitratedirakbs

float

The UL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab for a
logical node in Site Database.

bitratedirbkbs

float

The DL Bit Rate (in kbps), defined on the Traffic tab for a
logical node in Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

logconnfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular connection

with the logical node traffic.

lognodefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the traffic with a

particular logical node.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 157

Name

Data Type

modifydate

date

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

number(38)

numsubscribers

float

The number of Subscribers for the traffic, defined on the

Traffic tab for a logical node in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

projectno

number(38)

symmetric

number(38)

trafficpk

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Indicates whether the Symmetric Traffic option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Traffic tab for
a logical node in the Site Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node

traffic in the database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGNODETYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

description

varchar2(30)

lognode
typekey

number

Constraint

Description
Description of the object type, used to impose referential integrity on
the type fields in all tables.

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies each logical node type defined in
the database.

Table LOGPLMN
This table shows the column list:

Page 158

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

lognetworkpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PLMN

network in the database.

mcc

varchar2(3)

The Mobile Country Code (MCC), defined on the General

tab for a PLMN network in the Site Database.

mnc

varchar2(3)

The Mobile Network Code (MNC), defined on the General

tab for a PLMN network in the Site Database.

modifyuser

number(38)

in the database.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

manelemid

varchar2(128)

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

rncid

varchar2(10)

The RNC-Id, defined on the General tab for a logical RNC

in the Site Database.

twowayhandover

float

Indicates the 2-Way HO percentage defined on the Carried

Traffic tab for a logical RNC in the Site Database.

The Function ID, defined on the General tab for a logical

RNC in the Site Database.

The Managed Element ID, defined on the General tab for a

logical RNC in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table LOGUMTSANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

anttypefixed

number(38)

anttypefk

number(38)

azimuth

float

The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.

azimuthfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the azimuth defined on the

Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database.

ccwwallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing the anti-clockwise bearing

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS
node in the Site Database.

coordx

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the x axis.

coordy

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the y axis.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description
Stores a number representing the antenna type defined on
the Antenna tab for a UMTS node in the Site Database.

not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

Page 159

Name

Data Type

corrfactor

float

Constraint

Description
The download antenna correction factor/gain, defined on
the Antennas tab in the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

cwwallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing the clockwise bearing angle

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node
in the Site Database.

downtilt

float

Stores the value of the downtilt on the antenna.

height

float

The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab in

the Site Database.

heightfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Height Fixed defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database.

indexno

number(38)

A number used to sequence the logical UMTS antennas.

This number is created when the antenna is added and is
a static value that does not get updated if antennas are
removed. This means that the values can be nonsequential.

Page 160

instanceid

varchar2(128)

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a UMTS

node in the Site Database.

lognodefk

number(38)

maxlobetilt

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Max main Lobe Tilt

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node
in the Site Database.

mechdownfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Mechanical Downtilt

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS
node in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

Radius in kilometres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionimp1

float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.

predresolutionimp2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in feet defined on the Antennas tab in the Site
Database.

predresolutionmet1

float

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

predresolutionmet2

float

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

repeater

number(38)

Indicates if the Connected Repeater option has been

selected (1) or not (0).

sharedantenna

number(38)

Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).

umtsantpk

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

usewallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing a wall bearing constraint on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a UMTS node in the Site
Database.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

UMTS antenna in the database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODEB table

Table LOGUMTSCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 161

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

res1dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res2dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res3dlho

number(38)

DL Max # of Handover.

res1dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res2dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res3dlpri

number(38)

DL Max # of Primary.

res1dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res2dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res3dltot

number(38)

DL Total # of Resources.

res1ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res2ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res3ulho

number(38)

UL Max # of Handover.

res1ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res2ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res3ulpri

number(38)

UL Max # of Primary.

res1ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res2ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

res3ultot

number(38)

UL Total # of Resources.

tgcarrierfk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the UMTS carrier with

a particular 3g carrier.

umtscarpk

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

carrier in the database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGNODEB table
FK2 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table

Page 162

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGUMTSCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

cellname

varchar2(128)

The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a UMTS

cell in the Site Database.

coveragetype

integer

Indicates the Coverage type, either Outdoor (0) or Indoor

(1), defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the
Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

dlmaxblocksize

double

dltrafpowbal

field on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

hssccpower

double

not null

Stores the value in the HS-SCCH Power (dBm) field on

the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

idname

varchar2(128)

Field which stores the names provided for each logical

UMTS cell in the database.

lac

number(38)

The Location Area Code (LAC), defined on the General

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

lcr

number(38)

NOT USED.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Stores the value in the Max. Supported Block Size field

on the HSPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
Load balancing downlink traffic power.

Page 163

Page 164

Name

Data Type

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modulation

number(38)

multipathtype

integer

Indicates the Multipath Environment Factor - Heavy

Multipath(0), Light Multipath(1) or Mixed(2). This is
defined on the CI-RTT tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

noiserisebal

float

The Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Load&Power Ctrl

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

otsrconfig

number(1)

not null

Indicates whether or not OTSR support is enabled (1) or

not (0). Defined on the General tab for a UMTS cell in
the Site Database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

pschon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the P-SCH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

rac

number(38)

The Routing Area Code (RAC), defined on the General

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

refbitrate

number(38)

The Reference DL Bitrate (bps), defined on the

Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

refdlebno

float

The Reference DL Eb/No (in dB), defined on the

Load&Power Ctrl tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

res1dlho

number

The DL Max # of Handover channels, defined on the

Resource tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

res2dlho

number

The DL Max # of Handover channels, defined on the

Resource tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

res3dlho

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulminsfsupported

integer

not null

Stores the value in the Min. SF field on the HSPA tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 165

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

ulmodsupported

Description

aichact

float

not null

The AICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

aichon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the AICH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

aichpwr

float

not null

The AICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

node.

cellbgrndnoise

float

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

chanpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the UMTS Channel Power is fixed

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

codeschemakey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular code

schema with the UTMS cell.

codeschematype

integer

Specifies the type of code schema used. For a UMTS

cell it will indicate ScramCode(2304). For a WiMAX
cell it will indicate PNIndex(2305). Type(0) is
unknown.

commonchanpwr

float

Stores the common channel power in dBms.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

Stores the value of the cell background noise.

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dlpower

float

Downlink traffic power.

downlinkloadinglevel

float

field on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

ergchpower

float

not null

Stores the value in the E-RGCH Power (dBm) field on

the Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site
Database.

handovermargin

float

Handover Margin (dB).

HSDPAdltraff
pwrdbm

float

Indicates the downlink HSDPA Traffic Power (in dBm)

on the Cell Params tab in the Site Database.

HSDPAPowFixed

integer

maxactivesetsize

number(38)

maxhsdpapwr

float

maxtxdlpowfixed

number(2)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Indicates whether the HSDPA Power Fixed option is

set to True (1) or False (0) on the Cell Params tab in
the Site Database.
The Active Set Size, defined on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

not null

The HSDPA Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
Indicates whether the Max Tx Power is fixed (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for a UMTS
cell in the Site Database.

Page 167

Page 168

Name

DataType

maxtxpower

float

Constraint

The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

multiuser
detectionfactor

float

Multi User Detection Factor (0-1). TDD only.

noiserise

float

The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

orthogfactor

float

The Orthogonality Factor, defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

otsrsplitterloss

float

not null

The OTSR Splitter Loss, defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

pccpchon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the P-CCPCH Power Channel is

ON (1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

pichact

float

not null

The PICH Power Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

pichon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the PICH Power Channel is ON (1)

or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

pichpwr

float

not null

The PICH Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

pilotpower

float

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

pschon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the P-SCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

relpwrs

integer

not null

Indicates whether the CCCH Powers Relative To Pilot

is set to YES (1) or NO (0). This is defined on the Cell
Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

sccpchact

float

not null

The S-CCPCH Power Activity Factor, defined on the

Cell Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

sccpchon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the S-CCPCH Power Channel is

ON (1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

scramblingcode

number(38)

The Scrambling Code, defined on the Cell Params tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

scramcodegrp

number(38)

The Scrambling Code Group, defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

seccmnchpow

float

The secondary common channel power.

secsynchpow

float

The secondary synchronisation channel power.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

The Pilot Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

softhosrchwnd

float

Constraint

Description

sschon

integer

not null

Indicates whether the S-SCH Power Channel is ON

(1) or OFF (0). This is defined on the Cell Params tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

suphsdpa

integer

not null

Indicates whether the HSDPA Support option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
HSDPA tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

synchchanpwr

float

The synchronised channel power.

txpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL

Power per Connection has been selected (1) or not
(0). This is defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulnoiserise

float

The Uplink Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

umtscellfk

length

float

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

maxpapower

float

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

mhamptypefk

number(38)

mhgain_db

float

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas tab

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas tab for

a UMTS cell in the Site Database. None(0), otherwise a
unique seven digit number.
The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Page 169

Name

Data Type

modifydate

date

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

number(38)

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

txdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

umtsantfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular UMTS antenna.

umtscellfk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular UMTS cell.

umtsfeedpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each UMTS

feeder in the database.

usergroup

number(38)

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + umtsantfk) references the LOGUMTSANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + umtscellfk) references the LOGUMTSCELL table

Table LOGWIMAXANTENNA
This table shows the column list:

Page 170

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

anttypefixed

number(38)

anttypefk

number(38)

azimuth

float

The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.

azimuthfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the azimuth defined on the

Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the
Site Database.

Stores a number representing the antenna type defined on

the Antenna tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the Site
Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

ccwwallbrg

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number representing the anti-clockwise bearing
angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

coordx

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the x axis.

coordy

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the y axis.

corrfactor

float

The download antenna correction factor/gain, defined on

the Antennas tab in the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

cwwallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing the clockwise bearing angle

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX
node in the Site Database.

downtilt

float

Stores the value of the downtilt on the antenna.

WiMAX node in the Site Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular logical node.

Page 171

Name

DataType

number(38)

Indicates if the Connected Repeater option has been

selected (1) or not (0).

sharedantenna

number(38)

Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).

ulgaincorrfactor

float

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

usewallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing a wall bearing constraint on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in
the Site Database.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

The upload antenna correction factor, defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database. WiMAX only.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXNODE table

Table LOGWIMAXCAR
This table shows the column list:

Page 172

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

carrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Fixed

WiMAX carrier in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

The Identity of the logical WiMAX carrier.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

lognodefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the logical WiMAX

carrier with a particular logical node.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions.

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

wimaxcarrierfk

number(38)

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

not null

Foreign key referencing the Fixed WiMAX carrier used.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXNODE table
FK2 (projectno + wimaxcarrierfk) references the WIMAXCARRIER table

Table LOGWIMAXCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

cellid

number(38)

Constraint

The Cell Identity, defined on the General tab for a Fixed

WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

cellname

varchar2(128)

The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a Fixed WiMAX
cell in the Site Database.

cellpk

number(38)

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

idname

varchar2(128)

Field which stores the names provided for each logical Fixed
WiMAX cell in the database.

lognodefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the Fixed WiMAX cell

with a particular logical node.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

projectno

number(38)

signallingoverhead

float

not null

Description

Primary Key, identifying the cell.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the Carried
Traffic tab for a logical Fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXNODE table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 173

Table LOGWIMAXCELLCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the

node.

cellbgrndnoise

float

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

controlact

float

not null

The control activity, defined on the WiMAX Params

tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

controlpwr

float

not null

The control power (in dBm) (WiMAX).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

noiserise

float

The Noise Rise Limit (in dB), defined on the Cell

Params tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

rxsens

float

not null

The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the

WiMAX Params tab for a Fixed WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

subchannel

integer

not null

Sub-Channelisation

usergroup

number(38)

wimaxcellfk

Stores the value of the cell background noise.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.
Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

wimaxdltraff
pwrddm

float

Indicates the downlink Traffic Power (in dBM) for

WiMAX on the WiMAX Params tab in the Site
Database.

wimaxtxpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fix Tx Power option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Mobile
WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the
Site Database.
ADVANTAGE only.

wimaxtxpwr

Page 174

float

The WiMAX transmitter power (in dBM), defined on

the WiMAX Params tab for a WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXCELL table
FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIMAXCAR table

Table LOGWIMAXFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

not null

Indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the Antennas tab

for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database. Unknown(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.

feedpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the feeder.

length

float

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

maxpapower

float

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

mhamptypefk

number(38)

mhgain_db

float

The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

not null

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas tab for

a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database. None(0),
otherwise a unique seven digit number.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab
for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

Page 175

Name

DataType

txdiv

number(38)

Constraint

Indicates whether the TX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab
for a fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

ulgain

float

The Uplink Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
fixed WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

wimaxcellfk

number(38)

not null

Description

Foreign key, identifying the parent cell.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIMAXANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + wimaxcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXCELL table

Table LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA
This table shows the column list:

Page 176

Name

DataType

anttypefixed

number(38)

Constraint

Description

anttypefk

number(38)

azimuth

float

The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database.

azimuthfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the azimuth defined on the

Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the
Site Database.

ccwwallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing the anti-clockwise bearing

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

coordx

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the x axis.

coordy

float

The co-ordinates of the antenna location along the y axis.

corrfactor

float

The download antenna correction factor/gain, defined on

the Antennas tab in the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

cwwallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing the anti-clockwise bearing

angle defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

downtilt

float

Stores the value of the downtilt on the antenna.

height

float

The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab in

the Site Database.

heightfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Height Fixed defined on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in
the Site Database.

Stores a number representing the antenna type defined on

the Antenna tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the Site
Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, identifying the antenna type.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

indexno

number(38)

Constraint

Description
A number used to sequence the logical WiMAX antennas.
This number is created when the antenna is added and is
a static value that does not get updated if antennas are
removed. This means that the values can be nonsequential.

instanceid

varchar(128)

lognodefk

number(38)

maxlobetilt

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Max main Lobe Tilt

defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

mechdownfixed

number(38)

Stores a number representing the Mechanical Downtilt

Fixed defined on the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile
WiMAX node in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a Mobile

WiMAX node in the Site Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular logical node.

Page 177

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

repeater

number(38)

Indicates if the Connected Repeater option has been

selected (1) or not (0).

sharedantenna

number(38)

Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).

ulgaincorrfactor

float

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

usewallbrg

number(38)

Stores a number representing a wall bearing constraint on

the Antenna Constraints tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in
the Site Database.

not null

The upload antenna correction factor, defined on the

Antennas tab in the Site Database. WiMAX only.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBNODE table

Table LOGWIMAXMOBCAR
This table shows the column list:

Page 178

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, identifying the carrier.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

A unique name identifying the object.

lognodefk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

preamblefreq

number(38)

Indicates the preamble frequency reuse on the Carriers tab

of the Site Database dialog box for a node.

projectno

number(38)

subchandlamc

number(38)

Indicates the resource pooling method for the downlink

AMC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box for
a node:
Node Carrier(0), Sector(1).

subchandlfusc

number(38)

Indicates the resource pooling method for the downlink

FUSC on the Carriers tab of the Site Database dialog box
for a node:
Node Carrier(0), Sector(1).

not null

Foreign key referencing the logical node used.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

cellname

varchar2(128)

The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a Mobile WiMAX
cell in the Site Database.

cellpk

number(38)

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

idname

varchar2(128)

Field which stores the names provided for each logical Mobile
WiMAX cell in the database.

lognodefk

number(38)

Stores a unique number, associating the Mobile WiMAX cell

with a particular logical node.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

projectno

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary Key, identifying the cell.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 179

Name

Data Type

signallingoverhead

float

Constraint

Description
The Signalling Overhead percentage defined on the Carried
Traffic tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodefk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBNODE table

Table LOGWIMAXMOBCELLCAR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

carrierfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key, identifying the carrier used from the node.

cellbgrndnoise

float

cellcarrierpk

number(38)

codeschemakey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular code

schema with the Mobile WiMAX cell.

codeschematype

integer

Specifies the type of code schema used. For a WiMAX cell

it will indicate PNIndex(2305). Type(0) is unknown.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

dltraffload

float

maxtxpower

float

The Max Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Cell Params

tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modulation

integer

not null

Stores a number no greater than 7 representing a

combination of the following modulation types (added
together):
QPSK(1), QAM16(2), QAM64(4).

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

pilotboosting

float

The pilot boosting factor (in dB) on the Mobile WiMAX

Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

pilotpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fix Pilot Power option has been

selected (1) or not (0).

Stores the value of the cell background noise.

not null

Primary Key, identifying the cell carrier.

The downlink traffic load percentage defined on the Mobile

WiMAX Parameters tab of the Site Database for a WiMAX
Mobile cell.

This is defined on the Mobile WiMAX Params tab for a

Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.
ADVANTAGE only.
preambleboosting

Page 180

float

The preamble boosting factor (in dB) on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

rxmobsens

float

The receiver sensitivity (in dBm) defined on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

txpowfixed

number(2)

Indicates whether the Fixed option for the Max DL Power

per Connection has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
defined on the Load&Power Ctrl tab for a Mobile WiMAX
cell in the Site Database.

ulnoiserise

float

The Uplink Noise Rise (in dB), defined on the Cell Params
tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

wimaxmobcarrierfreq

float

not null

The carrier assigned to a cell on the Mobile WiMAX

Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

wimaxmobcellfk

number(38)

not null

Foreign key identifying the parent cell.

wimaxmobpuscsectors

number(38)

not null

The PUSC groups allocated to a cell on the Mobile WiMAX

Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site Database.

wimaxpnindex

number(38)

not null

The PN Code Index assigned to a cell on the Mobile

WiMAX Params tab for a Mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxmobcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCELL table
FK2 (projectno + carrierfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCAR table

Table LOGWIMAXMOBFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

dlinterference

The downlink interference rejection factor.

feedpk

number(38)

length

float

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

not null

Primary Key, indicates the Feeder Type, specified on the

Antennas tab for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.
Unknown(0), otherwise a unique seven digit number.
The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Page 181

Name

DataType

maxpapower

float

Constraint

Description

mhamptypefk

number(38)

mhgain_db

float

The MHA Gain (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for a
UMTS cell in the Site Database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

Stores the maximum Power Amplifier power in dB's.

not null

Indicates the MHA Type, specified on the Antennas tab for

a UMTS cell in the Site Database. None(0), otherwise a
unique seven digit number.

mimo

The support settings defined on the Site Database

Antennas tab for a cell.

mimorx

The number of receive elements for MIMO defined on the

Site Database Antennas tab for a cell.

mimotx

The number of transmit elements for MIMO defined on the

Site Database Antennas tab for a cell.

modifydate

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

noaaselements

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
The number of MIMO antenna array elements defined on
the Antenna tab for a mobile WiMAX cell in the Site
Database.

noise_db

float

The Noise Figure (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

otherlosses

float

The Other Losses (in dB), defined on the Antennas tab for
a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions.

projectno

number(38)

rxdiv

number(38)

Indicates whether the RX Diversity option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Antennas tab
for a UMTS cell in the Site Database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign key, identifying the parent cell.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + antfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + wimaxmobcellfk) references the LOGWIMAXMOBCELL table

Page 182

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table LOGWIMAXMOBNODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a Mobile WiMAX node in the Site
Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Mobile

WiMAX node in the database.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk) references the LOGNODE table

Table LOGWIMAXNODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

capacity

float

The Transmission Capacity value in Mbps defined on the

Carried Traffic tab for a Fixed WiMAX node in the Site
Database.

cellradius

float

Stores the radius of the cell.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each Fixed

WiMAX node in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 183

Table LTECARRIER
This table shows the column list:

Page 184

Name

DataType

Constraint

attenuation_dl

float

The Attenuation in dB defined in the Downlink

Parameters pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for
an LTE Carrier.

attenuation_ul

float

The Attenuation in dB defined in the Uplink

Parameters pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for
an LTE Carrier.

bandwidth_mhz

float

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Broadcast row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.

carrierkey

number(38)

createdate

date

carrier in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ctrl_pucch_num_
subframes

number(38)

The number of Subframes defined in the # Subframes

column for the Uplink Control row on the Overhead tab
for an LTE Carrier.

ctrl_pucch_
subframe_tx1

number(38)

NOT USED

ctrl_pucch_
subframe_tx2

number(38)

The number of Resource Elements defined for the

Uplink Control row on the Overhead tab for an LTE
Carrier.

ctrl_pucch_subframe_tx number(38)
2plus

NOT USED

demod_num_res_block number(38)
s

The number of Resource Blocks defined in the # RBs

column for the Uplink Demod. Reference row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.

demod_num_
subframes

number(38)

The number of Subframes defined in the # Subframes

column for the Uplink Demod. Reference row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.

demod_subframe_tx1

number(38)

NOT USED

demod_subframe_tx2

number(38)

The number of Resource Elements defined for the

Uplink Demod. Reference row on the Overhead tab for
an LTE Carrier.

demod_subframe_tx2pl number(38)
us

The Low Frequency in MHz defined in the Downlink

Parameters pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for
an LTE Carrier.

freq_lo_ul

float

The Low Frequency in MHz defined in the Uplink

Parameters pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for
an LTE Carrier.

hi_earfcn_dl

number(38)

The High E-ARFCN defined in the Downlink

Parameters pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for
an LTE Carrier.

hi_earfcn_ul

number(38)

The High E-ARFCN defined in the Uplink Parameters

pane on the Frequency\E-ARFCN tab for an LTE
Carrier.

icicmethod

number(2)

Indicates the ICIC scheme in use. Defined on the ICIC

Schemes tab for an LTE Carrier. Reuse1(0), Soft
Frequency Reuse(1), Reuse Partitioning(2).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 185

Page 186

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

icicschemes
enabled

number(2)

idname

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Multicast row on the
Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.

modifydate

date

Tx>2 column for the Downlink Reference Signal row
on the Overhead tab for an LTE Carrier.

Indicates whether the Intercell Interference

Coordination Schemes option is selected (1) or not (0)
on the ICIC Schemes tab for an LTE Carrier
not null

The name of the LTE carrier.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

reuse1partitions

number(38)

The number of Partitions defined in the Reuse 1

(Prioritisation) pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for an
LTE Carrier.

reusepartbw

float

The Bandwidth Ratio (CEU-Full) defined in the Reuse

Partitioning pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for an LTE
Carrier.

reusepartce
partitions

number(38)

The number of CE Partitions defined in the Reuse

Partitioning pane of the ICIC Schemes tab for an LTE
Carrier.

with the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 187

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (frame_struct_fk + projectno) references the LTEFRAMES table
FK2 (freq_band_fk + projectno) references the LTEFREQBANDS table

Table MIMOGAINLOOKUP
This table shows the column list:

Page 188

Name

Data Type

Constraints

aasgain

float

Value from the Beamforming Gain tab of the Advanced

Antenna System Parameters dialog box.

cinrloss

float

Value from the DL SM CINR Adjustment tab of the

technology

integer

The number of transmit elements specified in the

Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.

uldivcinr

float

Value from the UL SD CINR Adjustment tab of the

Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each MIMO

lookup table in the database.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
The number of receive elements specified in the
Advanced Antenna System Parameters dialog box.

not null

Stores a number identifying the technology for AAS

parameter tables - Mobile WiMAX (0), UMTS/HSPA (1)
or LTE (2).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table PNINDEXSCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

createdate

date

not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

Primary key, stores the name of the schema.

modifydate

date

not null

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

integer

not null

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

project in a database.

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Table SIMTRAF
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

createdate

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

Page 189

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

subsave

float

The Mean number of Subscribers, defined on the Sim

Traffic tab for a Node B in the Site Database.

subsmax

float

Traffic in the database.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodebfk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + tgdlbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table
FK3 (projectno + tgulbitratefk) references the TGBITRATE table
FK4 (projectno + tgservicefk) references the TGSERVICE table

Table SRVCELLBITPRIOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bitratekey

integer

not null

Primary key, uniquely identifying 3g bitrates.

cellaykey

integer

not null

Primary key associates carrier layers to cell layers in the site

database.

createuser

integer

modifyuser

integer

priority

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key uniquely identifies each service.

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.
not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
Indicates the priority of the serving cell.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bitratekey) references the TGBITRATE table
Page 190

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table

FK3 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table

Table SRVCELLPRIOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellaykey

integer

not null

Primary key associates carrier layers to the various cell layers

in the site database.

createuser

integer

modifyuser

integer

priority

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key identifying the number of the project the user has
permissions for in the site database.

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.
not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
Stores 3g carrier priorities.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table
FK2 (projectno + servicekey) references the TGSERVICE table

Table TGBITRATE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

activul

float

The Uplink (UL) CS Activity Factor (in %).

activdl

float

The Downlink (DL) CS Activity Factor (in %).

bandwidth

float (64)

The channel bandwidth (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX Bearers

dialog box.

ber1

float

The FER for Eb/No -4 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber2

float

The FER for Eb/No -2 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber3

float

The FER for Eb/No 0 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber4

float

The FER for Eb/No 2 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber5

float

The FER for Eb/No 4 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber6

float

The FER for Eb/No 6 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 191

Page 192

Name

DataType

Constraint

ber7

float

The FER for Eb/No 8 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber8

float

The FER for Eb/No 10 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber9

float

The FER for Eb/No 12 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

ber10

float

The FER for Eb/No 14 dB, defined on the Noise Services tab of
the UMTS or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

bitratekey

integer

bler1

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 0 set on the Services tab.

bler2

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 2 set on the Services tab.

bler3

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 4 set on the Services tab.

bler4

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 6 set on the Services tab.

bler5

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 8 set on the Services tab.

bler6

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 10 set on the Services tab.

bler7

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 12 set on the Services tab.

bler8

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 14 set on the Services tab.

bler9

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 16 set on the Services tab.

bler10

float

Stores the block error rate Eb/No 18 set on the Services tab.

blocksize

double

brdirection

integer

The Link Direction, either Uplink (0) or Downlink (1).

chiprate

integer

NOT USED.

cinr1

float

not null

The CINR offset for 0-3 Km/h defined on the CINR and Speed
Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinr2

float

not null

The CINR offset for 50 Km/h defined on the CINR and Speed
Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinr3

float

not null

The CINR offset for >=120 Km/h defined on the CINR and
Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinrdb

float

not null

The required CINR value in decibels defined on the CINR and

Speed Delta tab of the WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

cinrwithmulti

float

codingrate

float

codingscheme

varchar2(10)

NOT USED.

codingscheme
type

integer

The AMC scheme defined in the WiMAX Bearers dialog box.

colour

integer

NOT USED.

cqiindex

integer

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each bearer in the

database.

Stores the block size defined on the Bearers tab of the UMTS
FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog box for downlink only.

As above but where Uplink Collaborative Multiplexing is enabled

for a cell.
not null

not null

The coding rate defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Mobile Bearers dialog box.

In conjunction with cqitabindex, defines the dl bearers that are

predetermined in the HSDPA CQI Table Editor for downlink
only.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cqitabindex

integer

not null

In conjunction with cqiindex, defines the dl bearers that are

predetermined in the HSDPA CQI Table Editor for downlink
only.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

dataoffset

float

dlai

integer

The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on the
Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.

dlchans

float

The number of Channels on the downlink, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

dlctrlohead

float

The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the downlink, defined on

the Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

dlmimomode

integer

dluser

integer

The User bitrate (bps) for the downlink, defined on the Bearers
tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a CDMA2000 or
EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.

bearer on the General tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog box.

evdoper_1

float

Stores the first-row Eb/Nt value, defined for a downlink bearer

on the Eb/Nt PER Mapping tab of the EV-DO Bearers dialog
box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

not null

The Data Offset (dB), defined on the General tab of the EV-DO
Bearers dialog box.

The MIMO support settings defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box.

Page 193

Page 194

Name

DataType

rate with a HSDPA bearer.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The name of the bearer.

minamrfullrate
db

float

Stores full adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology values.

minamrhalfrate
db

float

Stores half adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology values.

minfullratedb

float

Stores CI full adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.

minhalfratedb

float

Stores CI half adapted multi rate GSM / UMTS technology

values.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

modulation

integer

not null

The modulation scheme defined on the bearers tab of the

WiMAX Mobile Bearers dialog box: QPSK (1), 16QAM (2),
64QAM (4).

nettype

integer

Indicates the network type:

UMTS (0), CDMA2000 (1), EV-DO (2), GSM (4), GPRS (5),
Fixed WiMAX (11), Mobile WiMAX (12) or LTE (13).

numcodes

integer

NOT USED.

numtimeslots

integer

NOT USED.

pccpchsirtarge
t

float

PCCPCH SIR Target (dB).

permission

integer

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

rccodingtype

varchar2(32)

The Radio Configuration Coding type, either Convolutional or

Turbo. This is defined on the General tab of the CDMA2000
Bearers dialog box.

rcdownlink

the EV-DO or CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

res0consump
to
res5consump

integer

The consumption for the different resource types, defined on the

Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

sfcodesindex

integer

spare1 to
spare4

float

NOT USED.

subchannel

integer

The sub-channelisation defined in the WiMAX Bearers dialog

box.

subchannelmo
de

integer

supportamr

integer

Indicates whether the Adapted Multi Rate option has beenv

selected (1) or not (0) for a bearer on the Bearers tab of the
GSM/EGPRS Bearers dialog box.

supporthalfrate

integer

Field stores 2G / 2.5G Bearers.

switchingtype

integer

NOT USED.

techtype

integer

throughputpertimeslot

integer

ttims

integer

txpow

float

The Max Tx Power (dBm), defined on the Downlink Gain tab of

the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

ulai

integer

The Air Interface bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the
Bearers tab (for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a
CDMA2000 or EV-DO bearer) of the Bearers dialog box.

ulchans

float

The number of Channels on the uplink, defined on the Bearers

tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

ulctrlohead

float

The Control Overhead Factor (%) for the uplink, defined on the
Bearers tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

uluser

integer

The User bitrate (bps) for the uplink, defined on the Bearers tab
(for a UMTS bearer) or the General tab (for a CDMA2000 or
EV-DO bearer) in the Bearers dialog box.

useaastables

integer

usergroup

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

The repetition rate defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Mobile Bearers dialog box.

Indicates whether the SF Combo option is selected (1) or not (0)

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog
box for uplink only.

The subchannel mode defined on the bearers tab of the WiMAX

Mobile Bearers dialog box.

Indicates the technology type of the bearer, either UMTS (0) or

HSDPA (1).
NOT USED

not null

Indicates whether the TTI(ms) option is selected (1) or not (0)

on the Bearers tab of the UMTS FDD + HSPA Bearers dialog
box for uplink only.

Indicates whether the Use AAS Tables option is selected (1) or

not (0) on the Eb/No & Speed Delta tab of the UMTS FDD +
HSPA Bearers dialog box.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the
user who created the object.

Page 195

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

v0-v11

float

The table values for soft Mobile TX Power Gain, defined on the
TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog box.

v12-v23

float

The table values for softer Mobile TX Power Gain, defined on

the TXP Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog box.

v24-v35

float

The table values for soft Average Power Rise Gain, defined on
the PR Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog box.

v36-v47

float

The table values for softer Average Power Rise Gain, defined
on the PR Gain tab of the (UMTS or EV-DO) Bearers dialog
box.

v48-v59

float

The table values for soft Power Control Headroom gain, defined
on the PCH Gain tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

v60-v71

float

The table values for softer Power Control Headroom gain,

defined on the PCH Gain tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

v72-v83

float

The table values for Downlink Eb/Io Target Reduction, defined

on the Downlink Gain tab of the CDMA2000 Bearers dialog box.

v84-v86

float

The table values for Power Control Headroom, defined on the

Power Control tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

v87-v89

float

The table values for Average Power Rise, defined on the Power
Control tab of the UMTS Bearers dialog box.

v90-v92

float

The table values for uplink Eb/No speed dependency, defined

carrier in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

downlinkch

integer

The Downlink (DL) Channel Number, defined on the UMTS

Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The name of the UMTS carrier.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

modifydate

date

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

NOT USED.

priority

integer

Stores 3g carrier priorities.

projectno

integer

uplinkch

integer

The Uplink (UL) Channel Number, defined on the UMTS

Carriers tab of the UMTS Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table TGCARRIERADJ
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

carrier

integer

The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

dlatt

float

The downlink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

rowindex

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the adjacency index number, between

0 and 30 inclusive.

tgcarrierfk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each WiMAX

carrier in the database.

ulatt

float

The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + tgcarrierfk) references the TGCARRIER table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 197

Table TGCLUTPATHLOSS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

angularspread

float

Constraint

Description
The Angular Spread (in degrees), defined in the Mobile
WiMAX or LTE Clutter Parameters dialog box.

clutcon

float

Parameters dialog box.
- or The downlink SM Rate Gain Adjustment, defined in the LTE
Clutter Parameters dialog box.

dlsmsinroffset

float

database.

technologytype

integer

not null

Indicates the technology type employed, GSM (0), UMTS

(1), CDMA2000/EV-DO (2), Fixed WiMAX (3), Mobile
WiMAX (4) or LTE (5).

ulmumimosinroffset

float

not null

The uplink MU-MIMO SINR Offset (dB), defined on the LTE

Clutter Parameters dialog box.

ulsdsinradj

double

not null

The uplink SD Eb/No Adjustment, defined on the UMTS

Clutter Parameters dialog box.

not null

The downlink SM SINR Offset (dB), defined in the LTE

Clutter Parameters dialog box.

Primary key, storing a unique value for each set of clutter

parameters defined in the Clutter Parameters dialog box.
NOT USED.

- or The uplink SD SINR Adjustment, defined on the LTE Clutter

Parameters dialog box.

Page 198

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

ulsmrategain

float

not null

The uplink SM Rate Gain Adjustment, defined on the LTE

Clutter Parameters dialog box.

ulsmsinroffset

float

not null

The uplink SM SINR Offset (dB), defined on the LTE Clutter

Parameters dialog box.

Table TGRESTYPE
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

airinterface

number(38)

Constraint

Indicates whether the Air Interface option on the UMTS

Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or not (0).

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

The name of the resource, defined in the UMTS

Resources dialog box.

ishsdpa

integer

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

in a database.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

Indicates whether the HSDPA Resource option on the

UMTS Resources dialog box has been selected (1) or
not (0).

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table TGSERVBIT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bitratekey

integer

not null

Primary key, which references a bitrate type in the

TGBITRATE table.

cp0 to cp31

database.

pwract

float(64)

not null

The Power Activity (%) of a bearer, given on the UMTS DL

Bearers tab for a Service.

resact

float(64)

not null

The Resource Activity (%) of a bearer, given on the UMTS

DL Bearers tab for a Service.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key, which references a service type in the

TGSERVICE table.

tptact

float(64)

not null

The Throughput Activity (%) of a bearer, which is calculated

based on the power activity. This is used when the
Override Packet Model Activity option is selected.

weight

float

The weight of this association between service and bitrate.

Table TGSERVICE
This table shows the column list:

Page 200

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

alpha

float

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users
were created in.

csactdl

float

The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on

the downlink, defined on the General tab of the
UMTS Service and CDMA2000 Service Types
dialog boxes.

csactul

float

The Circuit Switched (CS) Activity Factor (in %) on

the uplink, defined on the General tab of the UMTS
Service and CDMA2000 Service Types dialog
boxes.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

delay

float

dlmindatarate

double

not null

Stores the value in the Minimum Supported Data Rate

(bps) field on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
Services dialog box.

dlservicerate

float

not null

The downlink service rate (in bits per second) defined on

the Downlink Bearers Tab in the WiMAX Mobile Services
dialog box.

dlusrbtr

float

The downlink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params

tab of the WiMAX Services dialog box.

gtbitratedl

float

Guaranteed bit rate on the downlink.

gtbitrateul

float

Guaranteed bit rate uplink.

idname

varchar2(128)

ignorpri

integer

Indicates whether the Ignore Priorities option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is set on the Carriers tab of
the CDMA2000 Service Types and EV-DO Service
Types dialog boxes, and the Carriers/Layers tab of the
UMTS Service dialog box.

intpktarrtimdl

float

The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the

downlink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
Services dialog box.

intpktarrtimul

float

The Inter-packet arrival time (in seconds) on the uplink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services
dialog box.

isrealtime

Mean downlink bit rate.

mnbitul

integer

Mean uplink bit rate.

mncalldl

integer

The Mean # packet calls/session on the downlink,

defined on the Packet Switched tab of the Services
dialog box.

mncallul

integer

The Mean # packet calls/session on the uplink, defined

on the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

mnpktardl

float

Mean packet inter arrival time on the downlink.

mnpktarul

float

the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description
The Delay (msec), defined on the General tab of the LTE
Service Type dialog box.

not null

The Service Name.

NOT USED.

Page 201

Name

DataType

mnpktszul

integer

Mean packet size (in bytes) on the uplink, defined on the

Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

mnreaddl

float

Reading time between calls (in seconds) on the

downlink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
Services dialog box.

mnreadul

float

Mean ready time between calls (in seconds) on the

uplink, defined on the Packet Switched tab of the
Services dialog box.

mnstodl

float

Mean downlink session timeout.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

mxbitratedl

float

Maximum downlink bit rate.

mxbitrateul

float

Maximum uplink bit rate.

nettype

integer

The network type - GSM/EGPRS/UMTS (0), CDMA2000

(1), EV-DO (2), Fixed WiMAX (6), Mobile WiMAX (7),
LTE (8).

overhead_rt_dl_
percent

float

Stores the Downlink Overhead, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

overhead_rt_ul_
percent

float

Stores the Uplink Overhead, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

overrideact

integer

peakrate_rt_dl_
bps

float

Stores the Downlink Peak Rate, defined on the Real

Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog
box.

peakrate_rt_ul_
bps

float

Stores the Uplink Peak Rate, defined on the Real Time

Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types dialog box.

permission

integer

NOT USED.

pkt_rt_dl_eighth_
bytes

Page 202

Real Time Params tab of the EV-DO Service Types
dialog box.

pelr

integer

The PELR, defined on the General tab of the LTE

Services dialog box.

precedenceclass

integer

The Precedence Class - Premium (1), Standard (2) or

Best Effort (3). This is defined on the Packet Switched
tab of the Services dialog box.

pricstraf

integer

Indicates whether circuit-switched traffic is prioritised (1)

or not (0).

projectno

selected (1) on the RC Priorities tab (for a CDMA2000
Service Type) or not (0).

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each service

in the database.

Page 203

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

servicepriority

integer

not null

toul

integer

Data field representing timeout on the uplink.

trafficcls

integer

The Traffic Class for packet-switched traffic, defined on

the Packet Switched tab of the Services dialog box.

ulservicerate

float

ulusrbtr

float

usecqitables

integer

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

usesoftho

integer

Indicates whether the Support Soft Handoff option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
General tab on the GSM + EGPRS + UMTS + CDMA
Service Types dialog box.

usesuppho

integer

NOT USED.

not null

The uplink service rate (in bits per second) defined on

the Uplink Bearers Tab in the WiMAX Mobile Services
dialog box.
The uplink user bitrate (in bps) defined on the Params
tab of the WiMAX Services dialog box.

not null

Indicates whether the Use CQI Tables option is selected

(1) or not (0) on the UMTS DL Bearers tab of the UMTS
Services dialog box.

Table TGSHOG
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

date

NOT USED.

createuser

integer

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

NOT USED.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

NOT USED.

shogkey

integer

not null

NOT USED.

usergroup

integer

NOT USED.

float

NOT USED.

float

NOT USED.

not null

Description

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

(and so on up to )
v24

Page 204

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table TGTERMSERV
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

priority

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

servicekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each 3g service

in the database.

termtypekey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular terminal type with the 3g service.

The priority of each 3g service in the service/terminal type

relationship.

Table UMTSCODE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

code

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each code in the

code group.

codegroup

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each code group

in a UMTS Scrambling Code Schema.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

key

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

networktype

number(38)

database.

schemakey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the code

with a particular UMTS scrambling code schema.

schemaname

varchar2(128)

not null

The Schema Name, defined in the Scrambling Code

Schemas dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Page 205

Table UMTSCODESCHEMA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

Description
The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The Schema Name, defined in the UMTS Scrambling Code

Schema dialog box.

key

number(38)

not null

Primary key which uniquely identifies the UMTS code schema.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

networktype

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the network sub-type:

The date when the object was last modified.

UMTS FDD(1), WIMAX(512), Mob WIMAX(2048).

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the
user who created the object.

Table WIMAXCARRIER
This table shows the column list:

Page 206

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandwidth

float

not null

The carrier bandwidth in (MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog.

carrierkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier in

the database.

createdate

date

frequency

float

not null

The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog box.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

A unique name identifying the object.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

integer

The date when the object was created.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Table WIMAXCARRIERADJ
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

carrier

integer

The adjacent carrier (in dB) defined in the WiMAX Carriers

dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

dlatt

float

The downlink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

rowindex

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the adjacency index number, between

0 and 30 inclusive.

ulatt

float

not null

The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

wimaxcarrierfk

integer

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each WiMAX

carrier in the database.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxcarrierfk) references the WIMAXCARRIER table

Table WIMAXMOBCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandwidth

float

not null

The carrier bandwidth in (MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog.

carrierno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier in

the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

cyclicprefix

integer

Stores a number indicating the 1/32(32), 1/16(16), 1/8(8) or

1/4(4) radio button for the OFDMA symbol in the WiMAX
Mobile Carriers dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 207

Name

DataType

dlamc

integer

Constraint

The carrier frequency (in MHz) defined in the WiMAX

Mobile Carriers dialog box.

idname

varchar(128)

not null

Field which stores the names provided for each Mobile

WiMAX carrier in the database.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

rowindex

integer

not null

Primary key, storing the adjacency index number, between

0 and 30 inclusive.

ulatt

float

not null

The uplink attenuation (in dB) defined in the WiMAX

Carriers dialog box.

usergroup

integer

wimaxmobcarrierfk

integer

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.
not null

Foreign key referencing the Mobile WiMAX carrier used.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + wimaxmobcarrierfk) references the WIMAXMOBCARRIER table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

Page 209

Page 210

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Logical Network Database Tables

CHAPTER 7

Analog Network Database

Tables
The following table describes the analog network database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

ANTENNA

The antennas, defined in

the Antennas dialog box

cellantennakey

FK1 - cellkey

YES

Back to back passive

repeater antennas

backtobackantenna_pk

FK1 - linkfk

YES

BACKTOBACKANTENNA

allocated to cells in the
Site Database

cellaydatapk

FK1 - cellaykey

YES

projectno

FK2 - cellkey

Exception separation
requirements between
cells, defined on a cell-bycell basis in the Site
Database

cellkey

FK1 - cellkey

YES

BTS sites, defined in the

Site Database

projectno

FK1 - sitekey

YES

sitekey

FK2 - sitekey

excellkey
projectno

FK3 - addresskey

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Page 211

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

CLDANTENNA

Relationships between
each antenna
configuration on a cell and
subcells or cell layers

cellantennakey

FK1 - cellantennakey

YES

cellaydatafk

FK2 - cellaykey

projectno

FK3 - cellaydatafk
FK4 - cellkey

DISTRIBUTION

MSC

PLMN

REPEATER

REPEATERCELL

Distribution nodes, defined

in the Site Database

projectno

FK1 - sitekey

sitekey

FK2 - addresskey

MSCs, defined in the Site

Database

projectno

FK1 - addresskey

PLMN networks, defined in

the Site Database

plmnname

Repeaters, defined in the

Site Database

projectno

FK1 - addresskey

sitekey

FK2 - cellkey

Transmitters associated
with repeaters

cellkey

FK1 - sitekey

YES

sitekey
NO

projectno
YES

YES

projectno

Table ANTENNA
This table shows the column list:

Page 212

Name

Data Type

antennakey

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a
particular cell.

anttypefixed

integer

NOT USED

azimuth

integer

The antenna azimuth (in degrees), defined on the Antennas

tab for a cell in the Site Database.

azimuthfixed

integer

NOT USED

ccwwallbrg

integer

NOT USED

cellantennakey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cellular

antenna in the database.

cellkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the antenna with a

particular cell.

height

float

The antenna height (in m), defined on the Antennas tab for
a cell in the Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

heightfixed

integer

NOT USED

instanceid

varchar2(128)

The Instance ID defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in

the Site Database.

lat

float

The latitude, defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the

Site Database.

lon

float

The longitude, defined on the Antennas tab for a cell in the

Site Database.

maxlobetilt

integer

NOT USED

mechdownfixed

integer

NOT USED

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

projectno

integer

sharedantenna

integer

Indicates whether the antenna is shared (1) or not (0).

slotnumber

integer

The slot number of the antenna, defined on the Antennas

tab for a cell in the Site Database.

tilt

float

The amount of antenna tilt in degrees. A positive value

indicates downtilt, and a negative value indicates uptilt.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 213

Name

Data Type

usergroup

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

usewallbrg

integer

NOT USED

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table.

Table BCF
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

address

varchar2(128)

Stores the ID of the Property that contains the BCF.

bcfid

integer

The ID code used to identify the BCF.

bcfkey

integer

bcftypekey

integer

Foreign key that describes the BCFTYPE to which a particular

BCF is linked.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

Stores the names provided for each BCF in the database.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

name

varchar2(128)

Stores the name of the BCF.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

sitekey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the BCF with a particular

site.

usergroup

integer

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique value for each BCF in the

database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + bcftypekey) references the BCFTYPE table

Page 214

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Table BSC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

bscnetworkid

integer

Constraint

Description
Field that stores an identification value for each BSC.

directkey

integer

The numerical reference for the BSC in DIRECT (Only

populated when the BSC is synchronised with DIRECT).

flagvalue

varchar2(255)

Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with the

object.

gndheight

float

The Ground Height of the BSC (in m), defined on the General
tab for a BSC in the Site Database.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node in

the network.

Description

bsic00

integer

not null

Indicates which combination of colour codes has been used

for the BSIC schema.
A BSIC schema is made up of 2 values, an NCC and BCC.
To calculate which NCC/BCC combination is used, divide the
integer by 8, to the nearest whole number.
The nearest whole number is the NCC, while the remainder
is the BCC. For example, bsic05 indicates a BSIC schema of
NCC0, BCC5, bsic14 indicates a BSIC schema of NCC1,
BCC6, bsic41 indicates a BSIC schema of NCC5, BCC1 and
so on.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Page 215

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bsic63

integer

not null

bsicschemapk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each BSIC

schema in a database.

createdate

date

not null

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar(128)

not null

Primary key, storing the name of the BSIC schema.

modifydate

date

not null

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

permission

integer

not null

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

usergroup

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

... (and so on up to)

Table CARLAYDATA
This table shows the column list:

Page 216

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carlaykey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each carrier layer

in the database.

cellaydatafk

integer

not null

Primary key, referencing a particular CELLAYDATA table.

cellaykey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the carrier layers to a

particular cell layer.

cellkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the carrier/cell layer to a

particular cell.

channeltype

database.

required

integer

The number of carriers required, defined on the Carriers tab

for a cell layer in the Site Database.

trxids

varchar2(33)

Stores the IDs of the TRXs set for the carrier layer.

trxrequired

integer

The number of TRXs required for the carrier layer, defined on

the Carriers tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

type

integer

Indicates whether the carrier layer is non-hopping (0),

hopping (1), associated MA list (2) or allocated MA list (3).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + carlaykey) references the CARLAY table
FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table
FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table
FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table CELLAYDATA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

activationthresh

float

The HR (Half Rate) Activation Threshold (in % of TS

allocated), defined on the General tab for a cell layer
in the Site Database.

averdrts

float

Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot. This

value is generated when a user creates a GPRS
data rate array, and is used in the traffic analysis
calculations. It is displayed in the traffic analysis
report.

bcfkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular

BCF with the cell layer.

btsid

database.

cellid

varchar2(128)

cellkey

integer

comparison

integer

Indicates whether the coverage boundaries of the

cell layer are set based on the signal strength (SS)
of the signal (0) or the path loss (PL) from the
antenna (1). This is defined on the General tab for a
cell layer in the Site Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

dedicatedpbcch

integer

Indicates whether a Dedicated Packet BCCH is used

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for
a cell layer in the Site Database.

dynamic

integer

Indicates whether the user has chosen to

dynamically set the size of the overlaid coverage (1)
or use a set path loss (0). This is defined on the
General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

ecsdenabled

integer

NOT USED.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

NOT USED.
not null

Stores a unique number associating the cell layer

with a particular cell.

Page 217

Page 218

Name

DataType

Constraint

edgeapd

float

Stores the 8-PSK Average Power Decrease (APD),

defined on the Antenna/TRX tab for a cell layer in
the Site Database.

edgeaverdrts

float

Stores the Average Data Rate per Timeslot for

EDGE. This value is generated when a user creates
an EGPRS data rate array, and is used in the traffic
analysis calculations. It is displayed in the traffic
analysis report.

edgeenabled

integer

Indicates whether the cell layer is EGPRS enabled

(1) or not (0). This is defined on the (E)GPRS tab for
a cell layer in the Site Database.

edgegprsmix

float

The proportion (in %) of EGPRS traffic to GPRS

traffic in the cell layer.

edgehscsdmix

float

whether the hopping type is Baseband (0) or
Synthesised (1). This is defined on the Hopping tab
for a cell layer in the Site Database.

hscsdtraffic

float

NOT USED.

hsn

integer

If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the Hopping

Sequence Number for the cell layer. This is defined
on the Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site DB.

maio

integer

If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the MAIO

value for the cell layer. This is defined on the
Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

maiooffset

integer

If frequency hopping is enabled, this is the MAIO

Offset value for the cell layer. This is defined on the
Hopping tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

changes to the table.
The Non BCCH Offset, defined on the BCF tab for a
cell layer in the Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

outpowfixed

integer

Specifies the TRX output power for the various cell layers
defined within the database.

outputpower

float

NOT USED.

overflowload
thresh

float

The overflow load threshold (in % of TS allocated), defined

on the General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

predstate

integer

Indicates whether the prediction model assigned to the cell

layer has been overridden (1) or not (0).

projectno

integer

signaloffset

float

The Signal Offset (in dB) for the cell layer, defined on the
General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

signalthreshold

float

The Signal Threshold (in dBm) for the cell layer, defined on
the General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

subcellid

varchar(128)

The SubCell ID, defined on the General tab for a cell layer
in the Site Database.

subcellname

varchar(128)

The SubCell Name, defined on the General tab for a cell

layer in the Site Database.

tathreshold

integer

The Timing Advance (TA) Threshold, defined on the

General tab for a cell layer in the Site Database.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Positive integer values are interpreted in

ENTERPRISE at their face value; negative values are reinterpreted from integer to floating point by dividing by 1000.
totaltrxalloc

integer

The total number of TRXs allocated to a cell, across all

carrier layers.

trafdes

float

The Traffic Weight percentage defined on the General tab

for a cell layer in the Site Database. .

traffic

float

Traffic value that suggests how many subscribers are using

the coverage of this particular cell layer.

trugroup

integer

Stores the percentage of traffic to be handled by the

overlaid coverage of the overall total.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table
FK2 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table CELLEXCEPT
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

exception with a particular cell.

excellkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

exception with the Exception Cell, defined on the Exceptions tab
for a cell in the Site Database.

exsitekey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number that associates the Exception cell with

a particular site.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Page 219

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

separation

integer

sitekey

integer

The separation value for the Exception Cell, defined on the

Exceptions tab for a cell in the Site Database.
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the exception to a

particular site.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table CELLSITES
This table shows the column list:

Page 220

Name

DataType

ampbitrate

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores the bit rate with which each site defined in the
database transmits data back to the switches (AMPS
network only).

ampexts

integer

NOT USED.

amptspc

integer

NOT USED.

bsckey

integer

Stores a unique number associating the site with a particular

BSC.

btsfixed

integer

grdcstrntflags

integer

Stores flags corresponding to grid planning and power

planning load contraints (Fixed Configuration, Fixed Node B
Type)

gsmbitrate

integer

Stores the bit rate with which each GSM or TETRA site
transmits data back to the switches.

gsmexts

integer

NOT USED.

gsmtspc

integer

NOT USED.

hasconstraints

integer

Indicates whether grdcstrntflags has been set (1) or not (0).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

pattern generation algorithm.

modifyuser

integer

msckey

integer

Stores a unique number associating the site with a particular

MSC.

networklevel

integer

NOT USED

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the site,
specified on the General tab for a site in the Site Database.

predradius

integer

NOT USED.

predresolution

integer

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

srchperc

integer

Stores a percentage of the hexagon radius on the site, which

will be suitable for the search radius.

srchrad

float

Stores the search radius defined for each network element.

towerkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a particular mast with

the site.

useperc

integer

Specifies which method to use for suggesting a search

radius, that is, percentage of hexagon radii (1) or actual
radius (0).

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + bsckey) references the BSC table
FK3 (projectno + msckey) references the MSC table
FK4 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Page 221

Table CLDANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellantennakey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each antenna

configuration in the database.

cellaydatafk

integer

not null

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + cellantennakey) references the ANTENNA table
FK2 (projectno + cellaykey) references the CELLAY table
FK3 (projectno + cellaydatafk) references the CELLAYDATA table
FK4 (projectno + cellkey) references the GSMCELL table

Table DISTRIBUTION
This table shows the column list:

Page 222

Name

Data Type

bsckey

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a unique number, associating the distribution node
with a particular BSC.

btsfixed

integer

NOT USED

btskey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating the distribution node

with a particular BTS.

cabinkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin with

the distribution node.

flagvalue

varchar2(255)

Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with the

object.

gndheight

float

The Ground Height of the distribution node (in m), defined

on the General tab for a distribution node in the Site
Database.

hexradius

integer

NOT USED

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical node

in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

photofile

varchar2(260)

projectno

integer

srchrad

float

Stores the search radius defined for each network element.

towerkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular mast with

the distribution node.

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

distribution node, defined on the General tab for a
distribution node in the Site Database.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (projectno + bsckey) references the BSC table
FK3 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table GSMCELL
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

azimuth

integer

NOT USED

bcfkey

integer

NOT USED

bscc

integer

The Base Station Colour Code (BSCC), defined on

the General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

btsid

integer

NOT USED

carreq

integer

NOT USED

cellequipment
key

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

piece of equipment with the GSM cell. This is defined
on the Cell Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.

cellkey

integer

cellname

varchar2(128)

The Cell Name, defined on the General tab for a

GSM cell in the Site Database.

celltype

integer

Indicates the technology that this cell uses, GSM(1),

AMPS (2) or TETRA (3).

citytype

integer

Indicates the City Type (or environment) in which the

GSM cell is located, either Urban(0), Suburban(1) or
Open-Rural(2). This is defined on the CI+TA+RX tab
for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

integer

Stores a unique number, associating the GSM cell

with a particular ARCHITECT configuration.

corrfactor

float

The cell equipment correction value (in dB), defined

on the Cell Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

dtxfactor

float

The DTX Voice Activity Factor, defined on the Cell

Config tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

dtxstate

integer

Indicates whether DTX has been enabled on the

downlink (1) or not (0).

fcccategory

integer

The FCC category, defined on the Cell Config tab for

a GSM cell in the Site Database.

gsmcelltype

integer

Specifies the type of GSM used.

gsmid

integer

The GSM ID, defined on the General tab for a GSM

cell in the Site Database.

idname

The Network Colour Code (NCC), defined on the

General tab for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

networktype

integer

Indicates the technology that the network uses,

GSM(1), AMPS (2) or TETRA (3).

nsei

integer

numcars

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Description

The GSM Cell Identity, defined on the General tab

for a GSM cell in the Site Database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

The Network Service Entity Identifier (NSEI), defined

on the General tab for a GSM cell in the Site
Database. This is for information purposes only.
NOT USED

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the CELLSITES table

Table MSC
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

directkey

integer

The numerical reference for the MSC in DIRECT (Only

populated when the MSC is synchronised with DIRECT).

flagvalue

varchar2(255)

Stores a unique value, associating a particular field with

the object.

gndheight

float

The Ground Height of the MSC (in m), defined on the

General tab for a MSC in the Site Database.

lognodepk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

not null

Identifies the logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 225

Name

Data Type

msctype

integer

Constraint

Stores a unique number identifying the MSC network

type - GSM (1), TETRA (2) or AMPS (3).

photofile

varchar2(260)

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

MSC, defined on the General tab for a MSC in the Site
Database.

projectno

integer

srchrad

float

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Stores the search radius defined for each network
element.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + lognodepk + lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODE table
FK2 (lognodetypefk) references the LOGNODETYPE table

Table PLMN
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

plmnname

varchar2(128)

not null

Primary key, storing the unique name of each PLMN in the

project.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table REPEATER
This table shows the column list:

Page 226

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

azimuth

integer

The receiving antenna's Azimuth (in degrees), defined on

the Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

btsfixed

integer

NOT USED.

btskey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating the repeater with a

particular BTS.

cabinkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular cabin

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

hexradius

float

Constraint

Indicates the hexagon radius for the site by referencing

the hexagongrid table. 0 represents the largest hexagon
radius in the list, 1 represents the next one down, 2 the
next and so on.

lognodepk

number(38)

Primary key, storing a unique number for each logical

node in the network.

lognodetypefk

number(38)

Identifies the logical node type.

modifyuser

integer

outputpower

float

The transmitting antenna's Output Power, defined on the

Config tab for a repeater in the Site Database.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a site photo associated with the

repeater, defined on the General tab for a repeater in the
Site Database.

power0

float

NOT USED.

power9

float

NOT USED.

predradius

integer

NOT USED.

predresolution

integer

NOT USED.

projectno

Resolution in metres defined on the Antennas tab in the
Site Database.

projectno

integer

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

repeater to a particular cell.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

sitekey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number used to relate the transmitter

configuration to a repeater defined in the Site Database.

tilt

float

The Downtilt (in degrees) of the transmitter antenna. A

positive value represents a downtilt, while a negative
value represents an uptilt.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + sitekey) references the REPEATER table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

Page 229

Page 230

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Analog Network Database Tables

CHAPTER 8

Project Database Tables

The following table describes the project database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

CARRIERS

Carriers assigned to
different carrier layers on
subcells in the Site
Database

carlaykey

FK1 - carlaykey

YES

carriernumber

FK2 - cellaykey

cellaydatafk

FK3 - cellaydatafk

projectno

FK4 - cellkey

CIXLAT

COMPOUNDARRAYEXP

COMPOUNDARRAYTERM

Cell information, for use in

both ASSET and AIRCOM
OPTIMA

assetpno

Compound Array
Expressions, defined in
the Compound Arrays
dialog box

compoundarrayexpkey

Compound Array Terms,

defined in the Compound
Arrays dialog box

compoundarrayexpkey

key
NO

projectno
FK1 compoundarrayexpkey

compoundarraytermkey
projectno

CONTACTPERSON

FAXNUMBER

FOLDERS

Contact details, defined in

the Contact Persons
dialog box

personkey

Contact fax numbers,

defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box

faxkey

User-defined folders used

in the projects

folderkey

projectno
NO

foldertype
projectno

GENERICNBR

Cell neighbours created in

the projects

carrierkey

YES

nbrcarrierkey
nbrkey
nbrtech
parentkey
parenttech
projectno

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Page 231

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

GENREPEATERFEEDER

Feeders attached to
repeaters

projectno

FK1 - feederfk

YES

The co-ordinates for any

2.5g graphs

abscissa

GRAPH

repeaterfeederpk
NO

graphkey
graphlisttype
ordinate
projectno

GRAPHLIST

Any 2.5g graph curves

graphkey

graphlisttype
projectno
GSMCELL

HDRDLKPARAMS

MSC

PHONENUMBER

PLMN

REPEATER

REPEATERCELL

SITEADDRESS

TERMMOBSPEED

Cells associated with BTS

sites, created in a GSM or
AMPS/TDMA network

cellkey

FK1 - sitekey

EV-DO downlink
parameters, used in
ASSET

hdrdlkparamspk

MSCs, defined in the Site

Database

projectno

Contact telephone
numbers for contacts
defined in the Contact
Persons dialog box

phonekey

PLMN networks, defined in

the Site Database

plmnname

Repeaters, defined in the

Site Database

projectno

FK1 - addresskey

sitekey

FK2 - cellkey

Transmitters associated
with repeaters

cellkey

FK1 - sitekey

Address details for

contacts, defined in the
Property Management
dialog box

addresskey

The speed of the terminal

mobile

code

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
FK1 - addresskey

YES

FK1 - personkey

sitekey

projectno
NO

projectno
YES

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
FK1 - termtypekey

database.

state

integer

Indicates whether the carriers selected on the cell layer are

The carrier state is found by dividing the carrier number by 256. For example:
512/256 = 2.
This table shows the codes for carrier states:
Code

Carrier State

Active

Idle

Released

Locked

Deleted

You can set the default carrier state by using your own registry key
DefaultCarrierState set to Active, Idle, Released, Locked or Deleted (case sensitive). If
none of these is found or the registry key does not exist, ENTERPRISE will use a
default carrier status of Active.

Table CIXLAT
This table shows the column list:

Page 234

Name

DataType

Constraint

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Table COMPOUNDARRAYEXP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

compoundarrayexpkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

compound array expression in the database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(256)

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

reserved2

varchar2(256)

FOR FUTURE USE.

reserved3

integer

FOR FUTURE USE.

reserved4

integer

FOR FUTURE USE.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table COMPOUNDARRAYTERM
This table shows the column list:

Page 236

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

compoundarrayexpkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

associating the compound array term with
a particular compound array expression.

compoundarraytermkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each compound array term in the
database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based
on the order users were created in.

larrdispname

varchar2(64)

The Array display name for the left side of

the equation, defined in the top half of the
term in the Compound Arrays dialog box.

larrgenrcname

varchar2(64)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

linstdispname

varchar2(256)

Instance display name for the left side of

the equation, defined in the top half of the
term in the Compound Arrays dialog box.

linstintnlname

varchar2(256)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

loper

integer

The operator, defined in the Compound

Arrays dialog box.

lsrcdispname

varchar2(128)

Source display name for the left side of

the equation, defined in the top half of the
term in the Compound Arrays dialog box.

lsrcintnlname

varchar2(128)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last

modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user

who made changes to the table.
Three digit code that provides the
permissions for the user, the default
group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

rarrdispname

varchar2(64)

The Array display name for the right side

of the equation, defined in the bottom half
of the term in the Compound Arrays
dialog box.

rarrgenrcname

varchar2(64)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

rinstdispname

varchar2(256)

The Instance display name for the right

side of the equation, defined in the bottom
half of the term in the Compound Arrays
dialog box.

rinstintnlname

varchar2(256)

FOR INTERNAL USE.

roper

integer

The logical operator, defined in the

Compound Arrays dialog box.

rsrcdispname

varchar2(128)

Source display name for the right side of

The forename of the contact person, defined in the

Contact Person dialog box.

personkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each contact

person in the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

surname

varchar2(128)

The surname of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.

title

varchar2(128)

The title of the contact person, defined in the Contact

Person dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 237

Table FAXNUMBER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

faxkey

integer

not null

Primary key storing the unique number for each facsimile

parentkey

integer

projectno

integer

The name of the folder.

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies the type of folder.

Stores a unique number identifying the parent of a subfolder.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table GENERICNBR
This table shows the column list:

Page 238

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierkey

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular carrier with the outward neighbour (IS95 networks
only).

direction

number

The direction of the neighbour.

handovertype

Constraint

Description

nbrtech

number

not null

Primary key, storing a number identifying the technology

type of the inward neighbour.
The possible values are described below.

parentkey

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each outward

neighbour in the database.

parenttech

number

not null

Primary key, storing a number identifying the technology

type of the outward neighbour.
The possible values are described below.

planned_status

number

A number indicating the planning status of each neighbour

in the database (0= Planned or 1 = Live).

priority

number

A number indicating the priority of each neighbour in the

database.

projectno

number

protected

number

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
A number indicating whether the neighbour is protected (1)
or not (0).

The seven primary keys in this table reference various other tables depending on the
technology applicable, as follows:
Technology identifier

parentkey/nbrkey

carrierkey/nbrcarrierkey

1 (AMPS)

GSMCell.CellKey

Not Applicable

2 (GSM)

GSMCell.CellKey

Not Applicable

3 (CDMA)

LogIS95Sector.SectorPK

LogIS95SecCar.SecCarPK

4 (UMTS)

LogUMTSCell.UMTSCellPK

LogUMTSCar.UMTSCarPK

Table GENREPEATERFEEDER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

antennatypefk

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular antenna

type with the feeder.

azimuth

float

Stores the repeater's feeder azimuth bearing.

coordx

float

Stores the co-ordinate of the site's location.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

not null

References the link between the repeater and the feeder

type.
Stores the feeder length.

Page 239

Page 240

Name

DataType

feederloss

float

Constraint

Description

feedertype

number(38)

height

float

mastheadampfk

number(38)

mhagain_db

float

modelfk

number(38)

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

objecttype

number(38)

outputpower

float

The Output Power in dBm defined on the Config tab for a

repeater in the Site Database.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

predmodelkey1

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the Primary Prediction Model

selected on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.

predmodelkey2

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the Secondary Prediction Model

selected on the Config tab for a repeater in the Site
Database.

predradius

number(38)

Resolution in metres defined on the Config tab for a
repeater in the Site Database.

Stores any feeder losses.

not null

Stores information about the type of feeder used.

Stores the height of the feeder.

not null

References the link between the repeater and the mast

head amplifier.
Stores the mast head amplifier gain difference in dB.

not null

References the link between a repeater and a repeater

model.

Distinguishes between objects in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

repeaterfeederpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key field, storing the unique identifier for a

repeater feeder.

repeaterfk

number(38)

not null

References a repeater to a feeder.

Table GRAPH
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Page 241

Table GRAPHLIST
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

Description
NOT USED.

createuser

integer

NOT USED.

graphenabled

integer

Indicates whether the graph option is available (1) or not

(0).

graphkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each graph in

the database.

graphlisttype

integer

not null

Primary key stores a number indicating the type of graph

- coding scheme (0) or occupancy (1).

idname

varchar2(32)

not null

The name of the curve.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

usergroup

integer

NOT USED.
not null

NOT USED.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
NOT USED.

Table HDRDLKPARAMS
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

bitrate

number(38)

The bitrate (in bps), defined in the EV-DO Downlink

Parameters dialog box.

bits

number(38)

The Number of Bits, defined in the EV-DO Downlink

Parameters dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

ebno

float

The Ior/Ioc (in dB), defined in the EV-DO Downlink

Parameters dialog box.

ebnt0

float

The first Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
Parameters dialog box.

ebnt4

float

The last Eb/Nt (in dB) value, defined in the EV-DO Downlink
Parameters dialog box.

hdrdlkparamspk

number(38)

idname

varchar2(32)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

And so on to...

Page 242

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of EV-DO

downlink parameters in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Name

Data Type

oheadbits

number(38)

Constraint

Description
The Number of Overhead Bits, defined in the EV-DO
Downlink Parameters dialog box.

per0

float

The first PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined in the EVDO Downlink Parameters dialog box.

per4

float

The last PER (Packet Error Rate) value, defined in the EVDO Downlink Parameters dialog box.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

number(38)

slots

number(38)

The number of (time) Slots used, defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

spare0

float

NOT USED.

spare4

float

NOT USED.

traffchips

float

The number of Chips per Traffic Bit, defined in the EV-DO

Downlink Parameters dialog box.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

And so on to...

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

And so on to...

Table PHONENUMBER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

personkey

integer

phonekey

integer

phonenumber

varchar2(32)

projectno

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a unique number, associating the telephone
number with a particular contact person.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

telephone number in the database.
The telephone number, defined in the Contact Person
dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + personkey) references the CONTACTPERSON table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Page 243

Table SITEADDRESS
This table shows the column list:

Page 244

Name

DataType

Constraint

address1

varchar2(128)

Address line 1, defined on the Address tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

address2

varchar2(128)

Address line 2, defined on the Address tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

addresskey

integer

antcolocation

integer

NOT USED.

antheightlist

varchar2(1024)

NOT USED.

antheightrule

integer

NOT USED.

antsamecell

integer

NOT USED.

antstepsize

float

NOT USED.

assocmast

integer

NOT USED.

buildingheight

integer

NOT USED.

comments

varchar2(255)

Optional description that can be added to

each Property.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

The Latitude, defined on the General tab for

a Property in the Site Database.

locksearcharea

integer

Indicates whether the Prevent changes to

search area option is selected (0) or not (1).
This is defined on the Search Area tab for a
Property in the Site Database.

longitude

float(64)

The Longitude, defined on the General tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

mastexcluded

varchar2(512)

NOT USED.

mastspace

float

NOT USED.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each Property in the database.

The Property ID, defined on the General tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Name

DataType

maxheight

float

NOT USED.

minazimdiff

integer

NOT USED.

minheight

float

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

mounting

integer

NOT USED.

mttr

float(64)

The Post Code, defined on the Address tab

for a Property in the Site Database.

precandidatename

varchar2(128)

Stores the previous name of a candidate

property (this name is used when candidate
status is removed).

projectno

associated with the user who created the
object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

Page 245

Table TERMMOBSPEED
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

vecid

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating a

particular vector with the project.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Project Database Tables

CHAPTER 9

ADVANTAGE Database
Tables
The following table describes the equipment database tables:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

ACTIONCOMBINATIONS

Combinations of
action costs

actioncombinationskey

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
YES

projectno
ADVGLOBDESTGT

ADVPROBCELLWGT

BANDPARAMETERS

BANDTARGETS

CELLMOD

CLUTTHRES

CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE

COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS

COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS

DBVERSION

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Global design targets

and action costs

advglobdestgtkey

Weightings for
problem cells

advprobcellwgtkey

Clutter parameters,
divided into different
bands

bandkey

Array-based clutter
targets

bandkey

Configuration values
for problem cell data

cellmodkey

Thresholds for clutter

values, calculated
from the spreading of
ADVANTAGE data

clutthreskey

Action constraint
templates

constrainttemplatekey

Coefficients used in
cost conversion

coefficientkey

Weightings for cost

functions

cfweightskey

The current database

version number, and
the number of the
version from which it
was upgraded

versionnumber

YES

projectno
YES

projectno

FK1 pedataindexkey

projectno
YES

projectno
NO

Page 247

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

DELTAPLAN

Delta plans

deltaplankey

FK1 - plankey

FK1 designtargetcompkey

YES

projectno
DESIGNTARGET

DESIGNTARGETATOM

DESIGNTARGETCOMP

Relationships between
performance design
groups and
mechanism/componen
t pairs created when
the user defines a
design target

designtargetkey

Relationships between
elements (for example
carriers on a service)
and groups

designtargetatomkey

Components stored
within design targets

designtargetcompkey

projectno

FK2 designtarget
groupkey
FK1 designtargetgroupkey

projectno

YES

projectno
DESIGNTARGETGROUP

MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS

OPTIMISATIONDETAILS

User-defined
performance design
target groups

designtargetgroupkey

Constraints on max
action

constraintkey

Details of optimisation
snapshots

optimisationdetailskey

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
FK1 optimisationsnapshotkey

projectno
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT

Optimisation
snapshots

optimisationsnapshotkey

projectno
OPTIONS

PEDATAINDEX

PLAN

The options defined

on the Settings tab of
the Optimiser
Workflow

optionskey

ADVANTAGE traffic
raster spreading data

pedataindexkey

The plans.

plankey

YES

projectno
NO

projectno
PLANAVAILABILITY

PLANREJECTIONOPTNS

PLANTEMPLATE
ASSOCIATION
PLANVECTOR

Page 248

The plans available for

use

planavailabilitykey

Options for rejecting

the plan based on
metric degradation

plnrejectoptnkey

Relationships between
plans and constraint
templates

projectno

Vectors created for

plans

planvectorkey

FK1 - deltaplankey

projectno
YES

projectno

ptakey

FK1 constrainttemplatekey

FK2 - plankey
FK1 - plankey

projectno

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

PROBAREAID

Clutter- and
technology-specific
thresholds used for
problem area
identification

probareaidkey

Technology-specific
thresholds used for
problem cell
identification

probcellidkey

UMTS/GSM statistics
reports

projectno

Monte Carlo statistics

reports

projectno

Parameters specific to
vectors

projectno

PROBCELLID

STATISTIC

STATISTICMC

VECTORPARAMETERS

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
NO

projectno

statistickey

statisticmckey

FK1 optimisationsnapshotkey

YES

thr_key

Table ACTIONCOMBINATIONS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

actioncombinationskey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each action

combination in the database.

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

Page 249

Name

DataType

usergroup

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table ADVGLOBDESTGT
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

actionid

number(38)

Constraint

Description

advglobdestgtkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key uniquely identifying an entry in the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table ADVPROBCELLWGT
This table shows the column list:

Page 250

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

advprobcellwgtkey

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

tech

number(38)

Identifies the technology used, either GSM(1) or UMTS

(2).

umtscellfk

number(38)

Foreign key referencing the UMTS cell ID.

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

importance

number(38)

Indicates the importance of that clutter type in terms of terms

of traffic density - Zero (0), Low (1), Medium (2) or High (3).

indoorper

float

NOT USED..

infade

float

NOT USED.

inloss

float

NOT USED.

interference

float

Depending on the technology, this is the Signal Quality

Threshold (dBm), defined in the Clutter Thresholds.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

outfade

float

NOT USED.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

pollution

float

Depending on the technology, this is the number of polluters

defined in the Clutter Thresholds.

power

float

Depending on the technology, this is the Signal Strength

Threshold (dBm), defined in the Clutter Thresholds.

projectno

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 251

Name

DataType

sample

number(2)

Constraint

Description
Indicates whether the sample parameter is set to Yes (1) or
No (0).

technology

varchar2(64)

Field storing the technology type used.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Table BANDTARGETS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each set of ArrayBased Metric Targets in the database.

bandname

varchar2(64)

Name of the cell layer/carrier associated with these ArrayBased Metric Targets.
This parameter is only used if the 'Calculate costs and
statistics per layer' option is selected on the Options tab for the
Settings in the Optimiser Workflow.

cluttercode

number(38)

Associates the Array-Based Metric Targets with a particular

clutter type.

coveragemin

float

Coverage (Area) Minimum value required in %.

This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric Targets in the
Optimiser Workflow, and the name of the parameter will vary
according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called RSS, for UMTS it is RSCP
and so on.

coveragemintraff

float

Coverage (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

coveragemultiplier

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

noserversmin

float

Dominance (Area) Minimum value required in %.

noserversmintraff

float

Dominance (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

noserversmultiplier

float

Dominance (Area) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

noserversmultipliertraff

float

Dominance (Traffic) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Page 253

Name

DataType

noserverstarget

float

Constraint

Description
Dominance (Area) Target value in %.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric Targets in the
Optimiser Workflow, and the name of the parameter will vary
according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called Polluters, for UMTS it is Pilot
Polluters and so on.

noserverstargettraff

float

Dominance (Traffic) Target value in %.

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

qualitymin

float

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Quality (Area) Minimum value required in %.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric Targets in the
Optimiser Workflow, and the name of the parameter will vary
according to technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for UMTS it is Pilot
Ec/Io and so on.

qualitymintraff

float

Quality (Traffic) Minimum value required in %.

qualitymultiplier

float

Quality (Area) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not achieved.

qualitymultipliertraff

float

Quality (Traffic) Multiplier factor, if the minimum is not

Page 254

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

qualitytarget

float

Constraint

Description
Quality (Area) Target value in %.
This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimiser Workflow, and the name
of the parameter will vary according to
technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for
UMTS it is Pilot Ec/Io and so on.

qualitytargettraff

float

Quality (Traffic) Target value in %.

This value is stored in the Array-Based Metric
Targets in the Optimiser Workflow, and the name
of the parameter will vary according to
technology.
For example, for GSM it is called CINR, for
UMTS it is Pilot Ec/Io and so on.

technology

varchar2(64)

Identifies the technology type used.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Table CELLMOD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

cell_fk

number(38)

Constraint

Foreign key referencing a GSM cell used.

celllay_fk

number(38)

Foreign key referencing a GSM cell layer used.

cellmodkey

number(38)

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

not null

Description

Primary key used to uniquely identify an entry in the cellmod

table.

Foreign key for the PEDATAINDEX table.

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table
Database Reference Guide 7.0
ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Page 255

Table CLUTTHRES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

clutcode

number(38)

not null

Stores clutter code values.

clutthreskey

number(38)

not null

Primary key that uniquely identifies the clutter entry in the table.

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pedataindexkey) references the PEDATAINDEX table

Table CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
This table shows the column list:

Page 256

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

constrainttemplatekey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each action

constraints template.

content

clob

Stores action constraints template data.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

projectno

number(38)

not null

The name of the constraints template, defined in the

Action Constraints Template Manager.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

usergroup

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table COSTCONVCOEFFICIENTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

coefficient

float

coefficientkey

number(38)

coefficientname

varchar2(32)

The name of the coefficient.

number(38)

The cost function coefficient value.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

coefficient in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

active

number(38)

Indicates whether the global/mechanism/

component is active (1) or inactive (0) within the
optimisation.

bandcode

number(38)

Identifies the subcell name defined in the Optimiser

Workflow.

cfweight

float

Indicates the weight of the global/mechanism/

component when combined into the cost function value.

cfweightenum

number(38)

Identifier within weight type.

cfweightskey

number(38)

cfweighttype

number(38)

Indicates the type of weight - global(0), mechanism(2) or

component (3).

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each cfweight

in the database.

Page 257

Name

DataType

Constraint

mechtechnology

varchar2(256)

Indicates the technologies used in the mechanism:

NOVAL, GSM, UMTS, Mobile WiMAX, Fixed WiMAX.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

projectno

number(38)

technology

varchar2(64)

Indicates the weight of the technology when combined

into the cost function value. Defined on the Metric
Selection/Weights tab in the Optimiser Workflow.

useindoorarray

number(38)

Indicates which array to use in the case of

Coverage/Quality metrics Indoor (1) or Outdoor (2).

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Defined on the Metric Selection/Weights tab in the

Optimiser Workflow.
usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table DBVERSION
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

upgradeversion

integer

versionnumber

integer

Constraint

Description
The version number of the database from which the user
upgraded.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for the version of

the database the user is currently using.

Table DELTAPLAN
This table shows the column list:

Page 258

Name

DataType

Constraint

changes

varchar2(50)

The list of changes in the delta plan.

cost

float

The best cost, displayed in the Optimiser dialog box.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createdatedp

varchar2(32)

The date when the delta plan was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

deltaplankey

number(38)

description

varchar2(100)

A description of the delta plan.

dpdata

clob

Stores the delta plan data.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each delta

plan in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

The name of the delta plan, displayed in the Plan

Manager section of the Optimiser Workflow.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

projectno

number(38)

designtargetkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

design target in the database.

modifydate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

number(38)

targetvaluesXML

varchar2 (4000)

Used to represent the target values in XML

format.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Page 259

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + designtargetcompkey) references the DESIGNTARGETCOMP
table
FK2 (projectno + designtargetgroupkey) references the DESIGNTARGETGROUP
table

Table DESIGNTARGETATOM
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

adjacency

number(2)

Constraint

Indicates adjacency level.

areatraffic

number(2)

NOT USED.

bearer

number(38)

ID code identifying the bearer.

carrier

number(38)

ID code identifying the carrier.

cellaykey

number(38)

Associates carrier layers to the various cell layers in

the site database.

cluttercode

number(38)

ID code identifying the clutter.

createdate

modifydate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for

the user, the default group they belong to and all
other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 18.

projectno

number(38)

service

number(38)

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table DESIGNTARGETCOMP
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

compid

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number identifying the component

type.

createdate

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

designtargetgroupkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each design

target group.

idname

varchar2(128)

not null

User defined identifier for each particular config profile

entry.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Page 261

Name

DataType

technology

varchar2(64)

Constraint

Description
Identifies the technology used, either GSM or UMTS.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table MAXACTIONCONSTRAINTS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

active

number(38)

constraintkey

number(38)

constraintname

varchar2(32)

The name of the action or unit.

createdate

varchar2(32)

usergroup

number(38)

Indicates whether the constraint is specified (1) or not (0)

for an action or a unit in the optimiser.
not null

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

constraint in the database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated
with the user who created the object.

Table OPTIMISATIONDETAILS
This table shows the column list:

Page 262

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

majortype

number(10)

Identifies the type of optimisation - optimisation actions (1),

parameter change cost categories (2), cost mechanism function
components (3), power mechanism function components (4),
Monte Carlo mechanism function components (5).

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

optimisationdetailskey

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

value

float

The best cost value.

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign keys:
FK1(projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT table

Table OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

iteration

number(38)

The iteration number of the snapshot.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

optimisationsnapshotkey

number(38)

overallcost

optimisation snapshot.

timestamptf

number(38)

Stores time/date information related to the

tweak file.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

optimisation snapshot in a database.

Page 263

Table OPTIONS
This table shows the column list:

Page 264

Name

Data Type

charvalue

varchar2(260)

Constraint

Stores the option value, if the option is a string.

This value is defined on the Options tab of the
Settings section of the Optimiser Workflow.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

intvalue

number(38)

Stores the option value, if the option is an

integer. This value is defined on the Options
tab of the Settings section of the Optimiser
Workflow.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

optionskey

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

state

number(38)

Stores the option value, if the option is a

checkbox (Boolean). This value is defined on
the Options tab of the Settings section of the
Optimiser Workflow..

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

value

float

Stores the option value, if the option is a float.

This value is defined on the Options tab of the
Settings section of the Optimiser Workflow..

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

option in the database. This options are listed
on the Options tab of the Settings section of the
Optimiser Workflow.
Three digit code that provides the permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table PEDATAINDEX
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

configprofilekey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a particular configuration

profile with the PE data.

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or UMTS
(2).

timestamp

varchar2(128)

initials

clob

Stores initial site database data.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

planconstraints

clob

Stores optimisation constraints data.

plankey

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

The Plan Name, defined in the Plan Wizard.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each plan in the Site
Database.

Page 265

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

restriction

clob

Stores the point data for the restriction polygon created for the
plan in the Plan Wizard.

restrictionguid

varchar2(64)

Stores the restriction polygon guid.

technology

varchar2(256)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or UMTS
(2).

userestrict

number(38)

Indicates whether the Use Restriction Polygon option is selected

(1) or not (0) in the Plan Wizard.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

usevectors

number(38)

Indicates whether the Use Vectors option is selected (1) or not

(0) in the Plan Wizard.

viewscale

number(38)

FOR INTERNAL USE

xmax

number(38)

The x max co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the plan.

xmin

number(38)

The x min co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the plan.

ymax

number(38)

The y max co-ordinate of the map view chosen for the plan.

ymin

number(38)

The y-min co-ordinates of the map view chosen for the plan.

Table PLANAVAILABILITY
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

createdate

varchar2(32)

Constraint

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

deltaplankey

number(38)

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

modifydate

project in a database.

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

Stores a unique number, associating the

available plan with a particular delta plan.

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + deltaplankey) references the DELTAPLAN table
Page 266

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table PLANREJECTIONOPTNS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

absrelthreshold

varchar2(32)

Indicates whether the threshold is absolute (0) or relative

(1).

active

number(38)

Indicates whether the threshold is specified (1) or not (0)

for the global/mechanism/
component due to metric degradation after initial state.

optiontype

number(38)

Indicates the level that the plan rejection is based on budget=1, manpower=2, performance=3.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

plnrejectoptnkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each plan

rejection option in the database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

technology

varchar2(64)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or

UMTS (2).

threshold

float

Stores the threshold value.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

Table PLANTEMPLATEASSOCIATION
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

constrainttemplatekey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the plan

with a particular constraint template.

createdate

varchar(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

modifuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Page 267

Name

Data Type

modifydate

varchar2(32)

Constraint

Description
The date when the object was last modified.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 18.

plankey

number(38)

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the

constraint template with a particular plan.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

ptakey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

plan/constraint template relationship in the
database.

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + constrainttemplatekey) references the CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
table
FK2 (projectno + plankey) references the PLAN table

Table PLANVECTOR
This table shows the column list:

Page 268

Name

Data Type

createdate

varchar2(32)

Constraint

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

featureid

number(38)

Indicates the ID of the feature contained within

the vector.

guid

varchar2(50)

Stores the guid of the vector.

idname

varchar2(32)

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

project in a database.

type

number(2)

not null

Description

The name of the vector.

Indicates the vector type - user (0) or standard

(1).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

Data Type

usergroup

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group
associated with the user who created the
object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + plankey) references the PLAN table

Table PROBAREAID
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to the
table.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

probareaidkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each problem area in the
database.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

qinterthres

float

The interference (quality) threshold.

qminarea

float

The minimum adjacent area affected by quality.

qmintraf

float

The minimum traffic affected by quality.

techtype

number(38)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or UMTS
(2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user
who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 269

Table PROBCELLID
This table shows the column list:

Page 270

Name

DataType

avrginter

float

Constraint

Description
The minimum interference threshold for problem cell identification
(pci) due to low quality.

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

drpdcalls

number(38)

The number of dropped calls.

float

The percentage of handovers.

lowtraf

float

compared to local mean.

minalp

float

The minimum area location probability for pci due to low coverage.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

probcellidkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key uniquely identifying an entry in the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Name

DataType

smlarea

float

Constraint

Description
The minimum threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to
a small area.

smlareamean

float

The threshold to find problem cells providing coverage to a small

area compared to local mean.

techtype

number(38)

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or UMTS
(2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user
who created the object.

Table STATISTIC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cluttercode

number(38)

Associates the statistic set with a particular clutter set.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

statistickey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each statistic

set in a database.

statistictype

number(10)

The statistic type.

totalvalue

float

The total optimisation value associated with this statistic

set.

type

number(2)

Indicates the type of vector - standard (0), user (1) or

building (2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

value

float

The best plan cost value.

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the statistic set with

a particular optimisation snapshot.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the
user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT table
Database Reference Guide 7.0
ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Page 271

Table STATISTICMC
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

createdate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who

created the object. The number is based on the
order users were created in.

modifydate

varchar2(32)

The date when the object was last modified.

optimisationsnapshotkey

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

servicekey

number(38)

statisticmckey

number(38)

statistictype

number(10)

Indicates the type of statistic - either Mean

Attempts Terminals (1) or Mean Served
Terminals (2).

usergroup

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the
object.

value

float

The best plan cost value.

not null

Description

Stores a unique number, associating the Monte

Carlo statistics with a particular optimisation
snapshot.
Three digit code that provides the permissions
for the user, the default group they belong to
and all other users. For more information on
this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Stores a unique number, associating the Monte
Carlo statistics with a particular service.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

set of Monte Carlo statistics in a database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + optimisationsnapshotkey) references the
OPTIMISATIONSNAPSHOT table

Page 272

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Table VECTORPARAMETERS
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

bandname

varchar2 (64)

Indicates the technology type.

createdate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

featurid

number(38)

not null

Stores the ID of the individual polygon or line vector contained

inside the vector file.

guid

varchar2 (50)

not null

Stores the guid of the vector.

indoorper

float

NOT USED.

infade

float

NOT USED.

inloss

float

NOT USED.

interference

float

Depending on the bandname, this is the Signal Quality Threshold

(dBm), defined in the Vector Thresholds.

modifydate

varchar2 (32)

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to the
table.

outfade

float

NOT USED.

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

pollution

float

Depending on the bandname, this is the number of polluters

defined in the Vector Thresholds.

power

float

then removed by a user, the vector record still exists but is no
longer active.

technology

varchar2 (64)

thr_key

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Field storing the technology type used, either GSM (1) or UMTS
(2).
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the user
who created the object.

Page 273

Page 274

Database Reference Guide 7.0

ADVANTAGE Database Tables

CHAPTER 10

CONNECT Database Tables

This table describes the tables in the database that relate to CONNECT:
This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

AMCRECEIVER

The maximum receiver threshold

at particular bandwidth, frequency
and power settings

projectno

The maximum transmit power at

particular bandwidths and
modulation types

projectno

Routes for an analogue BTS back

to the MSC, defined in the Site
Database

cellsitekey

THRESHOLD
AMCTRANSMIT
POWER
AMPSBTSROUTE

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?
NO

typekey
NO

typekey
YES

hop
linkendkey
projectno

BACKTOBACK
ANTENNA

Back to back passive repeater

antennas

backtobackantenna_pk
prlinkend_fk

FK1 - linkfk

YES

FK2 - prlinkend_fk
FK3 - prlinkfk

projectno
BAND

CARRIERAMC
THRESHOLD
CARRIERFEED

The frequency Bands and

channels available for microwave
links, defined in the Band
Channels dialog box

bandkey

Modulation type power thresholds

for carriers

modtypekey

The feeders defined for the carriers

carrierfeedersettingskey

YES

projectno
FK1 - pmpcarrierfk

YES

FK1 - pmpcarrierkey

YES

FK1 - bandkey

YES

projectno

pmpcarrierkey
projectno
CHANNEL

The channels in each frequency

band

bandkey
lofreq
projectno

CIOBJ

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

T/I Objectives tables for Carrier

and Interferer bandwidths, defined
in the T/I Objectives dialog box

ciobjkey

YES

projectno

Page 275

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

FK1 - linkkey

YES

modtypekey
projectno
radioequip
radioflag

LINKATTACH

LINKENDANTENNA

The location of files that have been

attached to each of the links
defined in the Link Database

attachkey

Linkend antennas, defined on the

Antenna tab of a PmP Hub

linkendantennakey

projectno
YES

projectno
ptplinkendkey
LINKENDFEED

Linkend feeders, defined on the

Feeder tab of a PmP Hub Carrier

linkendfeedersettingskey

FK1 -ptplinkendkey

YES

projectno
ptplinkendkey
LINKLOSVALUES

LINKTERMEQUIP

LINKTYPE

LINKUDH

Link Status values, defined in the

Link LOS Editor

linkloskey

Link terminal equipment, defined in

the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box

linktermequipmentkey

Link types, defined in the Link

Types dialog box

linktypekey

User defined heights used in the

Height Profile window

distance

projectno
YES

projectno
FK1 - linkkeypk

YES

FK1 - linkkeypk

YES

linkkeypk
projectno

LINKUDPROF

MODULATIONTYPE

MWANTENNATYPE

Page 276

User defined profiles created in the

User Defined Profile dialog box

linkkeypk

Modulation types, defined in the

Modulation Types dialog box

modtypepk

Microwave antennas, defined in

the Antennas Database

mwantennakey

projectno
YES

projectno

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

This
Table

Stores Information
On

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

PMPCARRIER

PmP carriers, defined in the Link

Database

pmpcarrierkey

FK1 - pmpsectorkey

YES

PmP hubs, defined in the Link

Database

pmphubkey

FK1 - siteaddrkey

YES

PmP hub linkends, defined in the

Link Database

pmphublinkendkey

FK1 - linkkey

YES

PMPHUB

PMPHUBLINKEND

projectno

FK2 - pmphubkey

projectno
PMPSECTOR

PRLINKEND

PRLLINK

PRLREF

PmP sectors, defined in the Link

Database

pmpsectorkey

FK1 - pmphubkey

YES

Linkends connecting passive

repeaters

prlinkend_pk

FK1 - linkfk

YES

projectno

FK2 - prlinkfk

Links connecting back-to-back

passive repeaters

prlpk

Links connecting reflector passive

repeaters

linkpk

FK1 - linkpk

prlpk

FK2 - prlpk

projectno

YES

projectno
YES

projectno
PTPLINKEND

RADIOAMC
THRESHOLD
RADIOEQUIP

RADIOMASK

PtP linkends defined in the Links

Database

projectno

FK1 - linkkey

ptplinkendkey

FK2 - siteaddrkey

Modulation type power thresholds

for radio equipment

modtypekey

FK1 - radioequippk

Radio equipment, defined in the

Radio Equipment dialog box

projectno

Any radio masks that you have

defined on the Tx Spectrum and
Rx Selectivity tabs of the Radio
Equipment dialog box

masktype

YES

projectno
YES

radioequipkey
FK1 - radioequippk

YES

projectno

FK1 - linkfk

YES

reflectorpk

FK2 - prlinkendfk

offsetvalue
projectno
radioequippk

Primary
Keys

Foreign Keys
(projectno + ...)

Diff
Table?

SPURREF

Routes taken by a signal travelling

along a reflected route between
sites and a BSC

linkpk

FK1 - spurpk

YES

projectno
spurpk

USERLINKTEMP

User ranges for use in link

templates

RANGE

projectno

YES

rangekey

Table AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

bandwidth

float

The radio frequency bandwidth in MHz. This is specified on

the Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box
and is used along with the modulation type to determine the
maximum receiver threshold at the required frequency.

bitspersymbol

float

The bits per symbol for the bandwidth and modulation type
combination.

modulationtype

varchar2(512)

The modulation type specified on the Configuration tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box. This is used along with the
bandwidth to determine the maximum receiver threshold at
the required frequency.

powmaxghz/
powminghz

number

Define the frequency range for the reciever threshold value

in terms of minimum and maximum power in GHz. This is
specified in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for a radio.

powvalueghz

float

The receiver threshold value in dBm for this bandwidth and

modulation type combination. This is specified in the AMC
Thresholds dialog box for a radio.

projectno

number

typekey

number

Primary key, a unique identifier for each threshold value

stored in the database.

type_bw

number

Indicates whether the bandwidth is ETSI (0) or FCC (1).

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table AMCTRANSMITPOWER
This table shows the column list:

Page 278

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bitspersymbol

float

The bits per symbol for the bandwidth and modulation type
combination.

modulationtype

varchar2(512)

The modulation type specified on the Configuration tab of

the Radio Equipment dialog box. This is used along with the
bandwidth to determine the maximum receiver threshold at
the required frequency.

powmaxghz/
powminghz

number

Define the frequency range for the reciever threshold value

in terms of minimum and maximum power in GHz. This is
specified in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for a radio.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

powvalueghz

float

project no

number

typekey

number

Constraint

Description
The receiver threshold value in dBm for this bandwidth and
modulation type combination. This is specified in the AMC
Thresholds dialog box for a radio.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Primary key, a unique identifier for each transmit power
value stored in the database.

Table AMPSBTSROUTE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

cellsitekey

number(38)

not null

Primary key that references the sitekey in the cellsite table

of the site, where the route starts.

hop

number(38)

not null

Primary key that stores the number of hops back to the

switch.

linkendkey

number(38)

not null

Table BACKTOBACKANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

antennaheight

float

backtoback
antenna_pk

integer

dryradomeloss

float(64)

The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna, defined
on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a back to back passive repeater.

latitude

float(64)

The latitude co-ordinate value for the antenna, defined

on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a back to back passive repeater.

linkfk

integer

longitude

float(64)

modifyuser

integer

mwantenna_fk

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

Description
The height of the antenna in m, defined on the Antenna
A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a back to
back passive repeater.

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each back to

back passive repeater antenna.

Stores a unique number, associating the back to back

passive repeater antenna to a particular link.
The longitude co-ordinate value for the antenna, defined
on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a back to back passive repeater.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.
References an instance of a microwave antenna.

Page 279

Name

DataType

overrideactelev

integer

Constraint

Description
Indicates whether the Actual Elevation of the antenna
has been overridden (1) or not (0).

overrideantdir

integer

Indicates whether the antenna Direction has been

overridden (1) or not (0).

prlinkend_fk

integer

not null

Primary key, associating the back to back antenna with

a particular linkend.

prlinkfk

integer

not null

References an instance of a passive repeater.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

tilt

float

NOT USED.

useractelev

float

The user defined Active Elevation, defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
back to back passive repeater.

userantdir

float

The user defined antenna Direction, defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
back to back passive repeater.

wetradomeloss

float(64)

The Wet Radome Loss (in dB) for the antenna, defined
on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a back to back passive repeater.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlinkend_fk) references the PRLINKEND table
FK3 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

Table BAND
This table shows the column list:

Page 280

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandduplexmethod

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the band duplex method.

bandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each band in the

database.

bandwidth

float

The Bandwidth (in MHz) of the band, defined in the Channel

Editor dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(128)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

not null

The band ID, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

usergroup

integer

Constraint

Description
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with
the user who created the object.

Table CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

maxtxpower

float

The maximum transmit power in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds
dialog box for the carrier.

mintxpower

float

link end. This is defined on the Radio sub tab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a carrier in the database.

radiotype

number(38)

A unique number identifying the radio type.

rxpower

float

The received threshold in dBm for the associated modulation

type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for
the carrier.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierfk) references the PMPCARRIER table

Table CARRIERFEED
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

carrierfeedersettingskey

integer

not null

Primary key used to uniquely identify each feeder

setting in the table.

feederkey

integer

Stores a unique number for each feeder in the

database.

feederlength

float

The length of feeder (in m), defined on the Feeders

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link
Database.

modifyuser

integer

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Page 281

Name

DataType

overridefeederloss

integer

Constraint

Description

pmpcarrierkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the

feeder with a particular PmP carrier.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project

in a database.

radioflag

integer

sectorantennakey

integer

userfeederloss

float

Indicates whether the Override Total Feeder Loss

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
Link in the Link Database.

Indicates the type of antenna that the feeder is

attached to - main Tx(0), main Rx(1), diversity Tx(2) or
diversity Rx(3).
not null

Stores a unique number, associating the feeder with a

particular sector antenna.
The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on the Feeder
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a Link in the Link
Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpcarrierkey) references the PMPCARRIER table

Table CHANNEL
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

bandkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number associating the channel

with a particular band.

channame

varchar2(32)

The Channel Name, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.

hifreq

float

The High Frequency (in MHz) for the channel, defined in the
Channel Editor dialog box.

lofreq

float

not null

Primary key, storing the Low Frequency (in MHz) of the

channel, defined in the Channel Editor dialog box.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

Modulation Type for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
Objectives Editor dialog box.

not null

The T/I Objective ID, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor

dialog box.

A value of 0 indicates that the modulation type is Undefined.

intfnoofchannels

integer

The number of channels in the interferer radio capacity. This

works in conjunction with the intfchannelcpctytype to give the
capacity. It is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.

intfradioequip

integer

A number corresponding to the Interferer Radio Settings

Radio Equipment for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
Objectives Editor dialog box.
A value of 0 indicates that the radio equipment is Unknown.

intfsinglevalue

float

The capacity of the interferer radio defined as a single value

in Kbps. This is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog
box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

victimcarrierbw

float

The Victim Radio Settings Carrier Bandwidth (in MHz) for the
T/I Objective, defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Page 283

Name

DataType

victimchannel
cpctytype

integer

Constraint

Description
Victimchannelcpctytype is the enumerated value that
corresponds to a victim radio capacity type (such as E1 or
STM16). In the code each capacity type has a corresponding
numerical value (for example, the label E1 corresponds to 1
and T1 to 6). These values are stored in the database so if a
link or radio equipment is set to use T1 - it's database entry
will be 6. This can be translated back to T1. Defined in the T/I
Objectives Editor dialog box.

victimmodtype

integer

A number corresponding to the Interferer Radio Settings

Modulation Type for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
Objectives Editor dialog box.
A value of 0 indicates that the modulation type is Undefined.

victimnoofchannels

integer

The number of channels in the victim radio capacity. This

works in conjunction with the intfchannelcpctytype to give the
capacity. It is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.

victimradioequip

integer

A number corresponding to the Interferer Radio Settings

Radio Equipment for the T/I Objective, defined in the T/I
Objectives Editor dialog box.
A value of 0 indicates that the radio equipment is Unknown.

victimsinglevalue

float

The capacity of the victim radio defined as a single value in

Kbps. This is defined in the T/I Objectives Editor dialog box.

Table CIOBJENTRY
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

ciobjective

float

Constraint

Description

ciobjkey

integer

not null

Primary key, used to relate each particular T/I Objective table

to the actual values aimed to be achieved, as specified in this
table.

freqsep

float

not null

Primary key that specifies the various channel separations

encountered when working with each particular carrier
bandwidth.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

with a respective link.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

routenumber

integer

not null

Primary key that indicates whether this is a primary route(1) or a

secondary route(2).

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table LINK
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

alpha

float

The alpha value set for an ITU-R P.530-7 or 530-12

link. This is defined on the Propagation Prediction
subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database.

calcmethod

integer

Indicates the calculation method used:

ITU-RP.530-12(0), ITU-RP.530-7(1),
Vigants(2).

capacitytype

integer

The capacity type defined in the top right hand drop

down list of the Select Input Method pane on the
Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database. Values (0-14) correspond to the options
listed if PDH is selected. Values (15-29) correspond
to the options listed if SDH is selected.

channelbased

integer

Indicates whether the Channel Based option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

channelkey

integer

class

integer

The Link Class, set for a ITU-T G.821 link. This is

defined on the Objectives Settings subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database:
None(0) Class 1(1), Class2,(2),
Class3(3), Class4(4).

climatefactor

float(64)

A numerical constant used when the Climate Factor

is set for a Vigants link. This is defined on the
Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab
for a link in the Link Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

A key that uniquely identifies a channel.

Page 285

Name

Data Type

Constraint

ITU-R P.530-7 link - Inland (0), Over Large Bodies
(1), Over Medium Bodies (2), Indeterminate (3) or
Area of Many Lakes (4).
This is defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab
of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

Page 286

coastalprop

float(64)

The proportion of path length over coastal area for

an ITU-R P.530-7 link. This is defined on the
Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab
for a link in the Link Database.

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments for a link, defined on the

Mappings tab for a link in the Link Database.

coverscoastal

integer

Indicates whether the Does the path cross over

coastal areas option for a ITU-R P.530-7 link has
been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the
Propagation Prediction subtab of the Calculation tab
for a link in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

directradiocap

varchar2(32)

The radio capacity for the linkend equipment (used in

DIRECT only).

directradiofamily

varchar2(64)

The name of the equipment family (used in DIRECT

only).

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

divchannelbased

integer

Constraint

Description
Indicates whether the Channel Based option has
been selected (1) or not (0) Used for the diversity
frequency only.
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

divchannelkey

integer

subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link
Database: high(0), medium(1), local(2).

idname

varchar2(32)

istemplate

integer

Indicates whether the link is a template (1) or not (0).

kfactor

float(64)

The Geoclimatic factor k for an ITU-R 530-7 or 53012 link, defined on the Propagation Prediction subtab
of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

linkkey

integer

linklength

float

The link length (in km) defined on the Objectives

subtab of the Performance tab for a link in the Link
Database.

linkparentkey

integer

Stores a unique number identifying the parent link.

This is used for dual polar and multi-radio links.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

The Link ID, defined on the Info subtab of the

General tab for a link in the Link Database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link

in the database.

Page 287

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

linktypekey

integer

Stores a unique number associating the link with a

particular link type.

losreqdate

varchar2(32)

The LOS Request sent date, defined on the Type

subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

losstatus

integer

Indicates the LOS/Link Status - Unknown (0), LOS

(1), No LOS (2), Confirmed LOS (3), Confirmed No
LOS (4).
This is defined on the Type subtab of the General tab
for a link in the Link Database.

Page 288

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

horizontal (0) or vertical (1). Defined on the
Frequency subtab of the Link Database dialog box.

projectno

float

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

propeffect

integer

Constraint

Description
Indicates the Propagation effect used -Rain effect
terrestrial(0), Rain effect slant path(1), Rain rate(2),
Multipath(3), Trans horizon land(4), Trans horizon
sea(5).
This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

ptpfreqdiv

integer

Indicates whether the frequency diversity option has

been selected (1) or not (0) (Point to point links only).
This is defined on the Frequency subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

radioconfigm

integer

Indicates whether or not the link is protected (1) or

not (0), defined by the M setting of the Select Radio
Configuration Field on the General tab of the Link
Database dialog box.

radioconfign

integer

Indicates the maximum number of traffic links

possible for a multi-radio link, defined by the N
setting of the Select Radio Configuration Field on the
General tab of the Link Database dialog box.

rainrate

float(64)

The Rain Rate for 0.01% (in mm/h), defined on the

Rainfall subtab of the Calculation tab for a link in the
Link Database.

rangepk

integer

The range of the link, if one has been set.

reflinklength

integer

The reference link length.

reflinklengthover

integer

Indicates whether the reference link length has been

overriden (1) or not (0).

reflossA

float(64)

The calculated reflection loss at Linkend A, in dB.

This is displayed on the Link Budget subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

reflossB

float(64)

The calculated reflection loss at Linkend A, in dB.

This is displayed on the Link Budget subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 289

Name

Data Type

region

integer

Constraint

Description
Indicates the link Region.
This is defined on the Outage Period subtab of the
Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database:
Global(0),
Europe North West(1),
[North West] [1.3GHz](2),
[North West] [11GHz](3),
[Mediterranean](4),
[Nordic](5), [Alpine](6),
[Poland](7), [Russia](8),
[UK] [40 and 50 GHz](9),
Congo(10),
Canada [Prairie and North](11),
[Coast and Great Lake](12)
[Central and Mountains](13)
United [States of America Virginia](14)
Russia [North European Region](15)
[Central and West European Region](16)
[Middle Volga Region & South Urals](17)
[Central Steppe & South European](18)
[West Siberian Region](19)
[Middle Siberian Plateau & Jakut](20)
[South Far East](21)
Australia [Temperate/Coastal](22)
[Subtropical/Coastal](23)
[Tropical/Arid](24)
Brazil [Equatorial](25)
[Tropical Maritime](26)
[Tropical Inland](27)
[Subtropical](28)
Indonesia(29)
Japan [Tokyo](30)
[Yamaguchi](31)
[Kashima](32)
South Korea(33)

Page 290

shortperiodtype

integer

The terrain type used for short worst period of time

unit: Relatively Flat Path (0), Hilly Path (1),
Mountainous Path (2).

shortperiodunit

integer

The unit used for short worst period of time unit:

Hours (0), Days (1), Weeks (2), Month (3).

shortperiodvalue

integer

The value for the short worst period of time.

singlecapacityvalue

integer

The Single Capacity Value (in Kbps), defined on the

Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

symmetry

integer

The number of frames out of 100 used for forward

traffic shown in the left-hand Symmetry field on the
Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

symmetrymp

integer

The number of frames out of 100 used for reverse

traffic shown in the right-hand Symmetry field on the
Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

syncdelay

float(64)

The Delay in ms defined on the Frequency subtab of

the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

syncmode

integer

Indicates whether the TDD link is synchronised at

End A (0), End B (1) or is Asynchronised (2). Defined
on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a link in the Link Database.

tempraturefactor

float(64)

Stores a unique number indicating the temperature

factor selected for a Vigants link Southern
Temperature(0), Average Temperature(1), Northern
Temperature(2).
This is defined on the Propagation Prediction sub-tab
of the Calculation tab for a link in the Link Database.

terrain5307

integer

associated with the user who created the object.

userobsloss

float(64)

Stores the user defined obstruction loss.

usesinglevalue

integer

Indicates whether a Single Frequency Value is being

used (1) or not (0).
This is defined on the Type subtab of the General tab
for a link in the Link Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 291

LINKAMCTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

linkkey

number(38)

not null

Primary key, a unique number identifying the link.

maxtxpower

float

The maximum transmit power in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds
dialog box for the link.

mintxpower

float

to this link. This is defined on the Radio sub tab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the database.

radioflag

number(38)

Primary key, a unique number identifying the radio type.

rxpower

float

The received threshold in dBm for the associated modulation

type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for
the link.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + ptplinkendfk) references the PTPLINKEND table

Table LINKATTACH
This table shows the column list:

Page 292

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) reference the LINK table

Table LINKENDANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

antennaheight

float

The Height (in m) of the antenna, defined on the

Antenna A (or B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a link in the Link Database.

coordtype

integer

Indicates whether the coordinates are stored as a

relative location (1) or an absolute location (0).
Defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

dryradomeloss

float(64)

The Dry Radome Loss (in dB) of the antenna,

defined on the Antenna A (or B) subtab of the
Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

eirp

float

The User EiRP in dBm Defined on the Antenna A (or

B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

idname

varchar2(32)

latitude

float(64)

linkendantennakey

integer

longitude

float(64)

modifyuser

integer

mwantennakey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular

Antenna Type with the linkend antenna.

overrideactelev

integer

Indicates whether the Override Active Elevation

option has been selected (1) or not (0). This is
defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

overrideantdir

integer

the linkend antenna with a particular linkend.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

The Antenna ID for the antenna.

The Latitude, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab of
the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

linkend antenna in the database.
The Longitude, defined on the Antenna A/B subtab
of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Page 293

Name

Data Type

tilt

float

Constraint

Description
The User Defined Tilt (in degrees), defined on the
Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.
This is for information purposes only, and is not used
in any calculations.

useractelev

float

The Actual Elevation (in degrees), defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

userantdir

float

The antenna Direction (in degrees), defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

wetradomeloss

float(64)

The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the

Antenna A/B subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

Table LINKENDFEED
This table shows the column list:

Page 294

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

feederkey

integer

Stores a unique number associating a

particular feeder type with the linkend.

feederlength

float

The Feeder Length (in m), defined on the

Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab
for a link in the Link Database.

linkendantennakey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating a

particular antenna with the linkend.

linkendfeedersettingskey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each set of linkend feeder settings in the
database.

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

overridefeederloss

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for

each project in a database.

ptplinkendkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number

associating the feeder setting with a
particular linkend.

radioflag

integer

Indicates which type of antenna the feeder is

attached to - Antenna A Main, Antenna B
Main, Antenna A Diversity or Antenna B
Diversity.

userfeederloss(64)

float

The Total Feeder Loss (in dB), defined on

the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.

Indicates whether the Total Feeder Loss has

been overriden (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Feeders subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Foreign Key:
FK1 (projectno + ptplinkendkey) references the PTPLINKEND table

Table LINKLOSVALUES
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

linkloskey

number(38)

not null

Primary Key, storing a unique number for each link status

value in a database.

linklosvalue

varchar2(512)

projectno

number(38)

The name of the link status value, for example Critical LOS.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table LINKTERMEQUIP
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

cost

float

The Unit cost of the link terminal equipment, defined on

the Costing tab of the Link Terminal Equipment dialog
box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description of the link terminal

equipment.

idname

varchar2(32)

inputtype

varchar2(128)

linktermequipkey

integer

manufacturer

varchar2(128)

The name of the manufacturer of the link terminal

equipment, defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal
Equipment dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

outputtype

varchar2(128)

A user specified number denoting the Output Type,

defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box.

parentkey

integer

Indicates the folder in which the equipment is stored, in

the Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.
60000 = All projects folder
60001 = First created project folder
60002 = Second created project folder and so on.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

The Part ID of the link terminal equipment.

A user specified number denoting the Input Type,
defined on the Info tab of the Link Terminal Equipment
dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link

terminal equipment in the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made

changes to the table.

Page 295

Name

Data Type

permission

integer

Constraint

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other users.
For more information on this, see About Permissions on
page 18.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the link

terminal equipment, specified on the General tab of the
Link Terminal Equipment dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a number for the link terminal equipment supplier,

defined on the Costing tab of the Link Terminal
Equipment dialog box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated

with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Stores the associated weight of the link terminal

equipment.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in

a database.

Table LINKTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Page 296

dialog box.

manufacturer

varchar2(64)

The Manufacturer, defined in the Link Types dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

projectno

integer

rentalcostkm

float

The Annual Rental Cost/Km, defined in the Link Types dialog

box.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

not null

Description

The link type ID, defined in the Link Types dialog box.
The Installation Cost, defined in the Link Types dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link type in

the database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.
NOT USED.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Table LINKUDH
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

buildingraster

float

Constraint

The building raster height at the point, based on the map

data. This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

buildingvector

float

The building vector height at the point, based on the map

data. This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

cluttervalue

float

The clutter height at the point, based on the map data. This is
displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

distance

float

dtm

float

The DTM height at the point, based on the map data. This is
displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

fresclear

float

The fresnel clearance (in m). This is displayed in the User

Defined Profile dialog box.

linkkeypk

number(38)

losclear

float

The LOS clearance (in m). This is displayed in the User

Defined Profile dialog box.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

projectno

number(38)

theight

float

The total height (in metres). This is displayed in the User

Defined Profile dialog box.

ucluttervalue

float

The clutter height at the point, based on the user-defined

data. This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

udtmvalue

float

The DTM height at the point, based on the user-defined data.

This is displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

uobstructionvalue

float

The obstruction height at the point, based on the userdefined data. This will be either the building vector or building
raster height, whichever is greater. This is displayed in the
User Defined Profile dialog box.

not null

Description

Primary key, storing the Distance (km) from End A. This is

displayed in the User Defined Profile dialog box.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in a

database.

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINKUDPROF table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 297

Table LINKUDPROF
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

Constraint

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

linkkeypk

number(38)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

usergroup

number(38)

not null

Description

Primary key, indicating the link used for the user defined
profile.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the
user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkeypk) references the LINK table

Table MODULATIONTYPE
This table shows the column list:

Page 298

Name

DataType

bitspersymbol

float

Constraint

The bits per symbol for the modulation type, defined in the
Modulation Types dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object. The
number is based on the order users were created in.

defaultkn

The Unit cost of the antenna, defined on the Costing tab of

the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

description

varchar2(128)

Stores an optional description for a microwave antenna.

This is defined on the General tab of the Microwave
Antennas dialog box.

diameter

float

The Diameter (in m), defined on the Info tab of the

Microwave Antennas dialog box.

equipiconkey

integer

Indicates the particular ARCHITECT symbol associated with

each microwave antenna.

fccid

varchar2(20)

The FCC/ETSI id defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box. This is only used for NSMA antennas.

frequency

float

The Frequency Band (in MHz), defined on the Info tab of

the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

fronttobackratio

float

The Front to Back Ratio (in dB), defined on the Info tab of
the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

gain

float

The Gain Value, defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box (in dBi or dBd).

gaintype

integer

Indicates whether the gain is measured in dBi (0) (isotropic

antennas) or dBd (1) (dipole antennas).

halfpowerbeamwidth

float

The half power beam width id defined on the Info tab of the
Microwave Antennas dialog box. This is only used for
NSMA antennas.

idname

varchar2(128)

manufacturer

varchar2(64)

The name of the manufacturer of the microwave antenna.

mask

clob

Stores pattern data, particularly the Pattern Type and Mask

Type and the horizontal and vertical angle loss data.

maskstyle

integer

Indicates the mask style defined on the Info tab of the

Microwave Antennas dialog box which can be symmetrical
(0) or non symmetrical (1).

maxopfreq

float

The Max Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab
of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

minopfreq

float

The Min Oper Frequency (in MHz), defined on the Info tab
of the Microwave Antennas dialog box.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

The Part ID, defined on the General tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box.

Page 299

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

modifyuser

integer

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

mwantennakey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each microwave

antenna in the database.

parentkey

integer

Stores a unique number, identifying the parent folder of the

microwave antenna.

patternid

varchar2(20)

The pattern id defined on the Info tab of the Microwave

Antennas dialog box.This is only used for NSMA antennas.

permission

integer

NOT USED.

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with the

microwave antenna, specified on the General tab of the
Microwave Antennas dialog box.

polarisation

integer

The type of polarisation supported on the antenna, single

horizontal (0), single vertical (1), single crosspolar (2) or
dual polarisation (3). This is defined on the Info tab of the
Microwave Antennas dialog box.

projectno

integer

supplierkey

integer

Stores a number identifying the microwave antenna

supplier, defined on the Costing tab of the Microwave
Antennas dialog box.

tilttype

integer

Specifies the type of tilt associated with the antenna, either

mechanical (1) or electrical (0).

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

weight

float

The Weight (in kg) associated with ms antenna type.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Table PMPCARRIER
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

additionalcarriertraffic

float

The Additional Carrier Traffic in kbps defined on

the Type tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

atpcrange

float

Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

capacitytype

integer

If the PDH/SDH Capacity option has been

selected, this number corresponds to a particular
carrier capacity type.
For PDH, possible values are 0 to 5 (for E0 to E5
respectively), 6 to 9 (for T1 to T4 respectively)
and 10-14 (for J1 to J5 respectively).
For SDH, possible values are 15 to 19 (for STM1
, STM4, STM16, STM64 and STM264
respectively) and 20 to 28 (for STS1, STS3,
STS9, STS12, STS18, STS36, STS48, STS192,
STS768).
This is stored on the Type tab for a PmP Carrier
in the Link Database.

Page 300

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

channelbased

integer

Indicates whether the Channel Based option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments, defined on the

General tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created

the object. The number is based on the order
users were created in.

divatpcrange

float

Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divchannelbased

integer

Indicates whether the Channel Based option has

been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divfreqchannel

varchar2(32)

The name of the channel used by the frequency

band, defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier
in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 301

Name

Data Type

divfreqdesig

integer

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Page 302

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

divradionompower

float

Constraint

Description
The nominal power (Pnom) in dB defined on the
Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divradmou

integer

Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB

(1), HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3),
1+1 (2 ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divradthresh

integer

The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrequiredavailability

float

The Required Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP Carrier
in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrequired
throughput

float

not null

The required throughput value in Mbps defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in
the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxattenuator

float(64)

The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxbranchloss

float(64)

The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxmiscloss

float(64)

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divsuggested
modulationtype

integer

not null

The primary key of the suggested modulation

type chosen by CONNECT. This references the
MODULATIONTYPE table.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxattenuator

float(64)

The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxbranchloss

float(64)

The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divtxmiscloss

float(64)

The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 303

Name

Data Type

divxpifvalue

float(64)

Constraint

Description
The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a
PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Page 304

duplexmethod

integer

Indicates the Duplex Method defined on the

Typel tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database. Values are FDD (0) or TDD (1).

enableamc

the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP Carrier
in the Link Database.

idname

varchar2(32)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

name1

varchar2(32)

The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a

PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

name2

varchar2(32)

The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a

PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

not null

Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is

selected (1) or not (0) for this carrier. Defined on
the Modulation/
Capacity tab for a carrier in the Link Database.

The Carrier ID, defined on the General tab for a

PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

overhead

integer

overrideamc

integer

overrideatpcrange

integer

override
modulationtype

integer

packetsize

integer

The Packet Size in bytes defined on the Type

tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

packettype

integer

The Packet Type, IPv4(0) or IPv6(1), defined on

the Type tab tab a PmP carrier in the Link
Database. Values are FDD (0) or TDD (1).

pdhsdhmultiple

integer

The multiplier used along with the capacity type

to calculate the carrier capacity - for example, if
the carrier capacity was 2 x E1, the
pdhsdhmultiple value would be 2.

The Carrier Overhead (in Kbps), stored on the

Type tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.
not null

Indicates whether the suggested modulation type

has been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on
the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in the
Link Database.
Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override
option is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined
on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

not null

If the suggested modulation type has been

overridden, this number is the primary key for the
chosen modulation type as defined in the
modulation type table.

This value is used when the PDH/SDH option

has been selected on the Type tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.
permission

integer

pmpcarrierkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

PmP carrier in the database.

pmpsectorkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the PmP

carrier with a particular PmP sector.

polarisation

integer

Indicates the type of polarisation on the Radio

tab of the Link Database which can be horizontal
(1) or vertical (2).

power

float

The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio tab

for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

projectno

integer

radioequip

integer

Stores a unique number identifying the radio

equipment assigned to the PmP carrier. This is
defined on the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the
Link Database.

radiomaxpower

float

The maximum power (Pmax) in dB defined on

the Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

radiominpower

float

The minimum power (Pmin) in dB defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Three digit code that provides the permissions

for the user, the default group they belong to and
all other users. For more information on this, see
About Permissions on page 18.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

Page 305

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

radionompower

float

The nominal power (Pnom) in dB defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

radmou

integer

Indicates the Operating Mode - Single (0), HotSB

(1), HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3),
1+1 (2 ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

radthresh

integer

The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

required
availability

float

The Required Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity tab for a PmP Carrier
in the Link Database.

required
throughput

float

rxattenuator

float(64)

The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

rxbranchloss

float(64)

The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the

Radio tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link
Database.

rxmiscloss

float(64)

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

tab for a PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

singlecapacityvalue

integer

The carrier capacity in Kbps.

not null

The required throughput value in Mbps defined

on the Modulation/Capacity tab for a carrier in
the Link Database.

This value is used when the Single Value option

has been selected on the Type tab for a PmP
Carrier in the Link Database.

Page 306

associated with the user who created the object.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

usesinglevalue

integer

Indicates whether the carrier capacity is stored

as a single value (1) or not (0).

xpifvalue

float(64)

The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio tab for a

PmP Carrier in the Link Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table

Table PMPHUB
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

Constraint

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a

PmP Hub in the Link Database.

varchar2(32)

The 1st Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in
the Link Database.

name2

varchar2(32)

The 2nd Name, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in
the Link Database.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

pmphubkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP Hub in

the database.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

siteaddrkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the PmP hub with a

particular Property.

usergroup

integer

not null

Description

The Hub ID, defined on the General tab for a PmP Hub in the
Link Database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes

to the table.

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with

the user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 307

Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a PMP link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxlevel

float

The link length (in km) defined on the Objectives subtab of the
Performance tab for a PMP link in the link database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Page 308

inclination

float

The tilting calculated by the tool to ensure the antenna dishes

on either side of the link are directly facing each other. A
positive value represents a downtilt and a negative one an
uptilt.

linkkey

integer

linktermequipkey

integer

Key used to uniquely identify each link termination equipment

in the table.

minantheight

float

The minimum antenna height.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

pmpcarrierkey

integer

Key used to uniquely identify each pmp carrier in the table.

pmphubkey

integer

not null

Key used to identify each pmp hub in the table.

pmphublinkendkey

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PmP hub

linkend in the table.

pmpsectorkey

integer

projectno

integer

not null

Key used to uniquely identify each link in the table.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

Key used to uniquely identify each pmp sector in the table.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

Data Type

Constraint

Description

rxlevel

float

The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget subtab of

the Performance tab for a PMP link in the Link Database.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + pmphubkey) references the PMPHUB table

Table PMPSECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

Data Type

comments

varchar2(255)

Stores optional comments, defined on the General tab for a

PmP sector in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

idname

varchar2(32)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

name1

varchar2(32)

The 1st Name of the sector, defined on the General tab for
a PmP sector in the Link Database.

name2

varchar2(32)

The 2nd Name of the sector, defined on the General tab for
a PmP sector in the Link Database.

overridenbwdeg

float

If the Override Sector BW option has been selected, this

field stores the Sector BW value in degrees.

overridebw

integer

Indicates whether the Override Sector BW option has been

selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the General tab for
a PmP sector in the Link Database.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For
more information on this, see About Permissions on page
18.

pmphubkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the PmP sector with a

particular PmP hub.

pmpsectorkey

integer

Constraint

Description

createdate

particular link.

modifydate

date

modifyuser

integer

permission

integer

prlinkend_pk

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each PR linkend in

the database.

prlinkfk

integer

not null

Stores a unique number associating the PR linkend with a

particular PR link.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

siteaddressfk

integer

Stores a unique number, associating the PR linkend with a

particular Property.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group associated with the

user who created the object.

waveguidelength

float

The Waveguide Length (in m), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in the Link
Database.

waveguidelossperm

float

The Waveguide Loss/m (in dB), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Frequency tab for a PR link in the Link
Database.

The date when the object was last modified.

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.
Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user,
the default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

Page 310

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Table PRLLINK
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

integer

Indicates the type of PR, Back to Back (514) or Reflector (515).

permission

number(38)

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the user, the
default group they belong to and all other users. For more
information on this, see About Permissions on page 18.

prlpk

number(38)

legno

integer

linkpk

integer

not null

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

Field representing the joining section for the passive repeater

link.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkpk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlpk) references the PRLLINK table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 311

Table PTPLINKEND
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

configured on the Antenna subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

channelcapacityenum

Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated

value) that corresponds to a capacity type (such as
E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type has a
corresponding numerical value (for example, the
label E1 corresponds to 1 and T1 to 6). These values
are stored in the database so if a link or radio
equipment is set to use T1 - it's database entry will
be 6. This can be translated back to T1.
This is used in conjunction with the noofchannels
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native TDM
or Hybrid IP and TDM link, and is defined on the
Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.

channellist

If the user has specified his own number of channels,

this parameter stores this value. Multiple values can
be specified.
This is defined on the Frequency tab of the Radio
Equipment dialog box.

cmpfademargin

float(64)

The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the

Fade Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a link
in the Link Database.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

integer

Stores a number indicating the user who created the

object. The number is based on the order users were
created in.

divcmpfademargin

float(64)

The composite fade margin (in dB) defined on the

Fade Margin subtab of the Performance tab for a link
in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Page 312

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

divatpcrange

float

Constraint

Description
Stores the atpcrange value in dB defined on the
Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in
the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

(1), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divhighpriority
availability

The High Priority Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divhighpriority
throughput

The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverrideamc

integer

not null

Indicates whether the suggested modulation type

has been overridden (1) or not (0). Defined on the
Modulation/
Capacity tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divoverrideatpcrange

integer

Indicates whether the ATPC Range Override option

is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 313

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrequired
availability

The Required Availability percentage defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrequired
throughput

float

not null

The required throughput value in Mbps defined on

the Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxattenuator

float(64)

The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

Page 314

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

divrxbranchloss

float(64)

Constraint

Description
The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxlevel

float(64)

The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget

subtab of the Performance tab for a link in the Link
Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

divrxmiscloss

float(64)

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.
Used for the diversity frequency only.

integer

Indicates whether the enable Enable ATPC option

has been selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on
the Radio subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

enablenompower

integer

Indicates whether or not the nominal power (Pnom)

is enabled (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

ethernetip

freqbw

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

Indicates whether the Enable AMC option is selected

(1) or not (0) for this linkend. Defined on the
Modulation/Capacity tab for a link in the Link
Database.

The Ethernet/IP Capacity in kbps defined on the

Type subtab of the General tab for a link in the Link
Database.
float(64)

The Frequency Bandwidth (in MHz), defined on the

Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

Page 315

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

freqcentre

float(64)

The Centre Frequency (in GHz), defined on the

Frequency subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

freqdesig

integer

The Frequency Designation, either High (0) or Low

(1), defined on the Frequency subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

highpriority
availability

The High Priority Availability percentage defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

highpriority
throughput

The High Priority Throughput in Mbps defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.

inclination

float

Stores the tilting computed by the tool to ensure the

antenna dishes on either side of the link are directly
facing each other. A positive value represents a
downtilt and a negative one an up tilt.

isenda

integer

Indicates whether the linkend is end A (1) or not (0).

linkkey

integer

linktermequipkey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular link

terminal equipment with the linkend.

minantheight

float

Field that specifies the minimum antenna height.

modifydate

date

The date when the object was last modified.

modifyuser

integer

noofchannels

is selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Radio
subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

overridedivspacing

integer

Indicates whether the Optimum Diversity Spacing

option is selected (1), or not (0). This is defined on
the Feeders subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a
link in the Link Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

override
modulationtype

integer

not null

If the suggested modulation type has been

overridden, this number is the primary key for the
chosen modulation type as defined in the modulation
type table.

permission

integer

Three digit code that provides the permissions for the

user, the default group they belong to and all other
users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.

power

float

The Tx Power (in dBm), defined on the Radio subtab

of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.
This value is also stored on the Link Budget subtab
of the Performance tab.

projectno

integer

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.

HotSB + Space div. (2), 1+1 (single ant.) (3), 1+1 (2
ant.) (4).
This is defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

radthresh

integer

The Threshold - either the 1st specified (0) or the

2nd (1) - defined on the Radio subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

required
availability

The Required Availability percentage defined on the

Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend Settings
tab for a link in the Link Database.

required
throughput

float

rxattenuator

float(64)

The Rx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

rxlevel

float(64)

The Rx Level (in dBm) defined on the Link Budget

subtab of the Performance tab for a link in the Link
Database.

rxbranchloss

float(64)

The Rx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

The Required Throughput value in Mbps defined on

the Modulation/Capacity subtab of the Linkend
Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

Page 317

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

rxmiscloss

float(64)

siteaddrkey

integer

not null

Stores a unique number, associating the linkend with

a particular Property.

suggested
modulationtype

integer

not null

The primary key of the suggested modulation type

chosen by CONNECT. This references the
MODULATIONTYPE table.

txattenuator

float(64)

The Tx Atten. Losses (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

txbranchloss

float(64)

The Tx Branching Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

txmiscloss

float(64)

The Tx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

The Rx Misc Loss (in dB), defined on the Radio

subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the
Link Database.

usepdhsdh

Indicates whether the PDH option (1) or the SDH

option (0) is selected the Type subtab of the General
tab for a link in the Link Database.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

xpifvalue

float

The XPIF (in dB), defined on the Radio subtab of the

Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkkey) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + siteaddrkey) references the SITEADDRESS table

Table RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD
This table shows the column list:

Page 318

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

maxtxpower

float

The maximum transmit power in dBm for the associated

modulation type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds
dialog box for the radio.

mintxpower

float

particular radio in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

rxpower

float

Constraint

Description
The received threshold in dBm for the associated modulation
type. This is defined in the AMC Thresholds dialog box for
the radio.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table

Table RADIOEQUIP
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

float

The Bm value (in dB), defined on the Signature

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

bnm

float

The Bnm value (in dB), defined on the Signature

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

channelcapacity

float

Describes the channel capacity for each radio

equipment element defined in the database.

channelcapacityenum

integer

Channelcapacityenum is the enum (enumerated

value) that corresponds to a capacity type (such
as E1 or STM16). In the code each capacity type
has a corresponding numerical value (for
example, the label E1 corresponds to 1 and T1
to 6). These values are stored in the database so
if a link or radio equipment is set to use T1 - it's
database entry will be 6. This can be translated
back to T1.
This is used in conjunction with the noofchannels
parameter to specify the capacity for a Native
TDM or Hybrid IP and TDM link, and is defined
on the Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 319

Name

DataType

channellist

varchar2

Constraint

Description
If the user has specified his own number of
channels, this parameter stores this value.
Multiple values can be specified.
This is defined on the Frequency tab of the
Radio Equipment dialog box.

cost

float

The Unit cost, defined on the Costing tab of the

Radio Equipment dialog box.

createdate

date

fktb

float

The FKTB, defined on the Info tab of the Radio

Equipment dialog box.

framesize

float

The Frame Size (in ms) defined on the

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Name

DataType

maxcapacity

float

modifyuser

mtbf

float

The MTBF (year), defined on the Info tab of the

Radio Equipment dialog box.

multiradio

integer

Indicates whether the 'Can be Used As Part of a

Multi-radio Link' option has been selected (1) or
not (0). This is defined on the Configuration tab
of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who

made changes to the table.

Page 321

Name

DataType

Constraint

photofile

varchar2(128)

Stores the file path to a photo associated with

the radio equipment, specified on the General
tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

projectno

integer

protected

integer

radioequipkey

integer

radiotype

integer

The radio type that the equipment uses, either

PDH (0) or SDH (1).

rberthreshold

float

The RBER threshold (in dBm) defined on the

Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

residualber

varchar2(32)

The residual BER threshold (in dBm) defined on

the Info tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

sber

varchar2(32)

The SES BER defined on the Info tab of the

Radio Equipment dialog box.

sdhnmstatus

integer

FOR FUTURE USE.

selectedamc

integer

Identifies the AMC Modulation Scheme defined

on the Configuration tab of the Radio Equipment
dialog box.

not null

Indicates the radio type defined on the General

tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box - Native
TDM (0), Native IP (1) or Hybrid IP and TDM (2).

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

project in a database.
Indicates whether the Protected option has been
selected (1) or not (0). This is defined on the Info
tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each

radio equipment in the database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

float

The Tx Branching Loss for 1+1 (2 ant.), defined

on the Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.

txmousingle

float

The Tx Branching Loss for Single, defined on the

Loss tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 323

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

txmousinglenm

float

The Tx Branching Loss for Single (no

modulation), defined on the Loss tab of the
Radio Equipment dialog box.

useamc

integer

Indicates whether the AMC option is selected (1)

or not (0), defined on the Configuration tab of the
Radio Equipment dialog box.

usemsm

integer

Indicates whether or not msm is being used.

usergroup

integer

Stores a number indicating the user group

associated with the user who created the object.

weight

float

Radio Equipment dialog box.

Table RADIOMASK
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

attenvalue

float

masktype

number(38)

modifyuser

number(38)

offsetvalue

number(38)

not null

Primary key, The offset (in MHz) defined on the Tx Spectrum

tab or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog
box.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

radioequippk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, indicating the radio equipment on which the

mask is set.

The attenuation (in dB) defined on the Tx Spectrum tab or the

Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
not null

Primary key, The mask type defined on the Tx Spectrum tab

or the Rx Selectivity tab of the Radio Equipment dialog box.
This can be receive (1) or transmit (0).
Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to
the table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + radioequippk) references the RADIOEQUIP table

Page 324

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Table REFLECTOR
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

centreheight

float

Constraint

The Passive Centre Height (in m), defined on the Passive

Repeater subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in
the Link Database.

height

float

The Height (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater subtab of

the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link Database.

latitude

float

Stores the latitude co-ordinate value for the reflector passive

repeater, stored on the Info subtab of the General tab for a PR
link in the Link Database.

linkfk

integer

longitude

float

The Width (in m), defined on the Passive Repeater subtab of

the Linkend Settings tab for a PR link in the Link Database.

not null

Description

Stores a unique number, associating the reflector passive

repeater (PR) with a particular link.
Stores the longitude co-ordinate value for the reflector passive
repeater, stored on the Info subtab of the General tab for a PR
link in the Link Database.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + linkfk) references the LINK table
FK2 (projectno + prlinkendfk) references the PRLINKEND table
FK3 (projectno + prlinkfk) references the PRLLINK table

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Page 325

Table SECTORANTENNA
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

antennaheight

float

Constraint

The Height (in m), defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.

coordtype

integer

Indicates whether the coordinates are stored as a relative

location (1) or an absolute location (0). Defined on the Antenna
A (or B) subtab of the Linkend Settings tab for a link in the Link
Database.

dryradomeloss

float(64)

The Dry Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab for a
sector in the Link Database.

eirp

float(64)

Stores the EiRP for an antenna on a sector in the Link

Database.

idname

varchar2(32)

latitude

float(64)

The Latitude, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the Link
Database.

longitude

float(64)

The Longitude, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the

Link Database.

modifyuser

integer

mwantennakey

integer

Stores a unique number, associating a particular microwave

antenna type with the sector antenna. This is defined on the
Antenna tab for a sector in the Link Database.

overrideactelev

integer

in the database.

tilt

float

User defined value that provides a corrected value for the tilting
of the sector antennas. This is purely an information field and is
not used in any calculations.

useractelev

float

Stores the user-defined actual elevation value.

userantdir

float

Stores the user-defined antenna direction value.

wetradomeloss

float(64)

The Wet Radome Loss (in dB), defined on the Antenna tab for a
sector in the Link Database.

not null

Description

The Antenna ID, defined on the Antenna tab for a sector in the
Link Database.

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + pmpsectorkey) references the PMPSECTOR table

Page 326

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Table SHAREDLINKTEMPRANGE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

comments

varchar2(512)

Constraint

Description

projectno

number(38)

rangefrom

float

rangekey

number(38)

rangelinktype

number(3)

Indicates the link type for which the system range has been
created - PtP (0), PmP (1), Dual Polar (2), Multi-radio (3)

rangeto

float

The to range (in km) for the system range, defined in the
Range Settings dialog box.

Optional comments for the system range, displayed in the

Range Settings dialog box.
not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
The from range (in km) for the system range, defined in the
Range Settings dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each system range

in a database.

Table SPLITTER
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

createdate

date

NOT USED.

createuser

integer

NOT USED.

description

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

idname

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

loss

float

NOT USED.

manufacturer

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

modifydate

date

NOT USED.

modifyuser

integer

NOT USED.

permission

integer

NOT USED.

photofile

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

projectno

integer

NOT USED.

splitterkey

integer

NOT USED.

type

varchar2(128)

NOT USED.

usergroup

integer

NOT USED.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

Description

Page 327

Table SPURLINK
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

class

number(38)

Constraint

Description
Stores ITU Error Performance objects.

createdate

date

The date when the object was created.

createuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the user who created the object.

The number is based on the order users were created in.

errorperformance

float

The A1, B or C parameter value, depending on whether the

connection is long haul, short haul or access.
This is used in the G.826 error performance calculations, and
the default = 0.

grade

number(38)

Stores grade information.

idname

varchar2(32)

modifydate

date

modifyuser

number(38)

permission

number(38)

projectno

number(38)

database.

Primary key uniquely identifying the chain.

Table SPURREF
This table shows the column list:

Page 328

Name

DataType

Constraint

Description

linkpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each link in the

chain.

modifyuser

number(38)

not null

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

projectno

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.

spurpk

number(38)

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each chain in the

database.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Foreign Keys:
FK1 (projectno + spurpk) references the SPURLINK table

Table USERLINKTEMPRANGE
This table shows the column list:
Name

DataType

comments

varchar2(512)

Optional comments for the user range, displayed in the Range

Settings dialog box.

modifyuser

number(38)

Stores a number indicating the last user who made changes to

the table.

projectno

number(38)

rangefrom

float

rangekey

number(38)

rangelinktype

number(3)

Indicates the link type for which the user range has been
created - PtP (0), PmP (1), Dual Polar (2), Multi-radio (3)

rangeto

float

The to range (in km) for the user range, defined in the Range
Settings dialog box.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

Constraint

not null

Description

Primary key, storing a unique number for each project in a

database.
The from range (in km) for the user range, defined in the
Range Settings dialog box.

not null

Primary key, storing a unique number for each user range in

a database.

Page 329

Page 330

Database Reference Guide 7.0

CONNECT Database Tables

CHAPTER 11

About Difference Tables

The difference tables (Diff tables) in the database store information about user-specific
changes. Diff tables contain all information that has been Applied but not yet
Committed. These changes are associated with the user who made them. Other users
can see these changes by updating network elements in the Site Database. For
information on using Apply and Commit, see the ENTERPRISE User Reference
Guide.
Note the following points about Diff tables:
Fields starting with a d store the new information that has been Applied.
Fields that do not start with a d (preceding the field name) contain the original
data, that is, the last data that was Committed.
So, for example, these two fields exist in the DIFFMSC table:

didname (varchar2(32)) - Updated data entry to the table.

idname (varchar2(32)) - Original data entry to the table when the application
was first loaded or subsequent data is committed.

Values in both fields remain the same when any deletions or additions to the
database take place. If an update to the data is performed then the two fields will
differ in their contents.
Some difference fields will always remain the same as their counterparts, such as
primary key fields which are used to reference the associated data in the
committed tables. Some example of fields that remain the same are dcreatedate,
dcreateuser, dprojectno, dobjectkey and dsitekey.
Also present in each diff table is a field called diffstate. This specifies the change
that has occurred to any of the database tables and will be:

0 to indicate an addition of an object to the database

1 to indicate an update to the current data

2 to indicate a deletion

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About Difference Tables

Page 331

Permissions in Difference Tables

Some Diff tables contain a permission field.
This either:
Shows a three digit code providing the permissions for the user, the default group
they belongs to and all other users. For more information on this, see About
Permissions on page 18.
Is unused at present.
To see which of these is the case for a particular Diff table, view the counterpart table.

Page 332

Database Reference Guide 7.0

About Difference Tables

APPENDIX A

Database Changes
This appendix gives details of tables added, modified and deleted in the AIRCOM
and ADVANTAGE schemas for ENTERPRISE Release 7.0.

Tables Added to the AIRCOM Schema

These tables have been added:
AMCRECEIVERTHRESHOLD
AMCTRANSMITPOWER
CARRIERAMCTHRESHOLD
CARRIEDTRAFFICDETAIL
CARRIEDTRAFFICTOTAL
LINKAMCTHRESHOLD
LOGLTEANTENNA
LOGLTECAR
LOGLTECELL
LOGLTECELLCAR
LOGLTEFEEDER
LOGLTENODE
LTECARRIER
LTECELLID
LTECELLIDSCHEMA
LTEFRAMES
LTEFREQBANDS
PRIORUSERLICCONFIG
RADIOAMCTHRESHOLD

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 333

Tables Modified in the AIRCOM Schema

For 7.0 the ID names have been extended to allow the user to enter up to 128
characters. The following tables have been changed.
AMPSBTSROUTE
Column

6.2

ROUTENUMBER

7.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

NOT NULL

ANTENNA
Column

6.2

INSTANCEID

7.0

Comments

VARCHAR2

New field.

(128 BYTE)

ANTENNADEVICE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2

Extend length.

(64 BYTE)

(128 BYTE)

VARCHAR2

(64 BYTE)

(128 BYTE)

VARCHAR2

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

MANUFACTURER

PHOTOFILE

Extend length.

(128 BYTE)

ANTENNAPATTERN
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

(64 BYTE)
UNIQUE_PATTE
RN_ID

VARCHAR2
(130 BYTE)

Page 334

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

BAND
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

ADDRESS

VARCHAR2(81
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

NAME

VARCHAR2(81
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

COMBINERTYPE

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

BANDDUPLEXME
THOD
IDNAME

BCF

BCFTYPE

BSC

BSICSCHEMA

BTS

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 335

CABIN
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

ABBREVIATION

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CELLID

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

SUBCELLID

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

SUBCELLNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

CARLAY

CELLAY

CELLAYDATA

CELLEQUIPMENT

Page 336

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

CELLSITES
Column

6.2

CAPACITY
PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(64)

New field.

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

CONTACTPERSON
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

COMPANY

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FORENAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

SURNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

TITLE

VARCHAR2(5
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

COVSCHEMA

DISTRIBUTION
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

7.0

Comments

VARCHAR2(102
4 BYTE)

Extend length.

ENT_EVENTLOG_DATA
Column

6.2

OBJECTID

EXTERNALHTTPDATA
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 337

ENTTYPE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

FILTERID

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FEEDER

FILTERS

FLAGGROUPS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

FLAGGROUPID

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

FLAGID

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

STRINGFIELDD
ATA

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

FOLDERNAME

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FLAGS

FLAGVALUES

FOLDERS

Page 338

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

FREQBAND
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

NAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FREQCARRIERCONV
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

NAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

7.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

GENREPEATER
Column

6.2

CALCMETHOD

NOT NULL

GENREPEATERFEEDER
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

OUTPUTPOWER

FLOAT(126)

New field.

RXSIGNAL

FLOAT(126)

New field.

RXSIGNALSPEC
IFIED

NUMBER(2)

New field.

7.0

Comments

INTEGER

New field.

GSMBTSROUTE
Column

6.2

ROUTENUMBER

NOT NULL

GSMCELL
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CELLNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

SEGMENT_NAME

VARCHAR2(16
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 339

IDSEQUENCES
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

6.2

7.0

Comments

DUPLEXMETHOD

INTEGER

New field.

PACKETSIZE

INTEGER

New field.

PACKETTYPE

INTEGER

New field.

SYMMETRY

INTEGER

New field.

SYMMETRYMP

INTEGER

New field.

SYNCDELAY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

SYNCMODE

INTEGER

New field.

IS95CARRIER

LINK
Column

LOGCONNECTION
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(80
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

7.0

Comments

INSTANCEID

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

New field.

PREDRADIUS

Dropped.

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

LOGIS95ANTENNA
Column

6.2

LOGIS95BS
Column
CAPACITY

Page 340

6.2

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

LOGIS95BSC
Column

6.2

TWOWAYHANDOV
ER

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

LOGIS9CAR
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LOGIS95CLUSTER
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

LOGIS95SECTOR
Column

6.2

SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD
IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

SECTORNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LOGNETWORK
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

NAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

NAME2

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

LOGNODE

SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 341

LOGNODEB
Column

6.2

CAPACITY

7.0
FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

Comments
New field.

LOGNODEBTYPE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

6.2

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

7.0

Comments

INSTANCEID

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

New field.

PREDRADIUS

Dropped.

LOGRNC
Column
TWOWAYHANDOV
ER

LOGUMTSANTENNA
Column

6.2

LOGUMTSCAR
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LOGUMTSCELL
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CELLNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

SIGNALLING
OVERHEAD

Page 342

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

LOGUMTSCELLRATE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

7.0

Comments

INSTANCEID

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

New field.

PREDRADIUS

Dropped.

LOGWIMAXANTENNA
Column

6.2

LOGWIMAXCAR
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LOGWIMAXCELL
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CELLNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

7.0

Comments

INSTANCEID

INSTANCEID
VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

New field.

PREDRADIUS

Dropped.

SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD

LOGWIMAXMOBANTENNA
Column

6.2

LOGWIMAXMOBCAR
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 343

LOGWIMAXMOBCELL
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CELLNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT 0.0

New field.

SIGNALLINGOV
ERHEAD

LOGWIMAXMOBNODE
Column

6.2

CAPACITY

LOGWIMAXNODE
Column

6.2

CAPACITY

MAPNAMES
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

MASTHEADAMP
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

MSC

Page 344

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

MWANTENNATYPE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

PLMNNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

6.2

7.0

Comments

ADDITIONAL
CARRIER
TRAFFIC

FLOAT(64)

New field.

DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
AVAILABLITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
THROUGHPUT

FLOAT(64)

New field.

DIVREQUIRED
AVAILABILITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

DUPLEXMETHOD

INTEGER

New field.

HIGHPRIORITY
AVAILABLITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

HIGHPRIORITY
THROUGHPUT

FLOAT(64)

New field.

PACKETSIZE

INTEGER

New field.

PACKETTYPE

INTEGER

New field.

REQUIREDAVAI
LABILITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

SYMMETRY

INTEGER

New field.

SYMMETRYMP

INTEGER

New field.

SYNCDELAY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

PLMN

PMPCARRIER
Column

PNINDEXSCHEMA
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 345

PREDICTIONMODEL
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PRIORGROUPS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

GRP

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LICUSERESTRI
CTED

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.
0

LICCOMMUTERE
STRICTED

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

LICGRPHASCON
FIG

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.

PRIORUSER
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

EMAIL_ID

VARCHAR2(100
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

EMAIL_ID2

VARCHAR2(100
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

FIRSTNAME

VARCHAR2(50
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LASTNAME

VARCHAR2(50
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

LICCOMMUTERE
STRICTED

INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL

New field.

LICSTARTOPTI
ON

INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL

New field.

LICUSERESTRI
CTED

INTEGER
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL

New field.

PROJECT

Page 346

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

NAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

PROJECTREGION
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

NAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

6.2

7.0

Comments

ADDITIONAL
LINKTRAFFIC

FLOAT(64)

New field.

CHANNEL
CAPACITYENUM

INTEGER
DEFAULT 1

New field.

CHANNELLIST

VARCHAR2
256 BYTE)

New field.

DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
AVAILABLITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

DIVHIGH
PRIORITY
THROUGHPUT

FLOAT(64)

New field.

DIVREQUIRED
AVAILABILITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

ETHERNETIP

INTEGER
DEFAULT 0

New field.

HIGHPRIORITY
AVAILABLITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

HIGHPRIORITY
THROUGHPUT

FLOAT(64)

New field.

NOOFCHANNELS

INTEGER
DEFAULT 2

New field.

REQUIRED
AVAILABILITY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

USEPDHSDH

INTEGER
DEFAULT 0

New field.

PTPLINKEND
Column

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 347

RADIOEQUIP
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

BITSPERBLOCK

INTEGER

New field.

BLOCKSPERSEC
OND

INTEGER

New field.

FRAMESIZE

FLOAT(64)

New field.

LATENCY

FLOAT(64)

New field.

MAXCAPACITY

FLOAT(126)

New field.

MAXIPCAPACIT
Y

INTEGER

New field.

OPERATING
MODE

INTEGER

New field.

RBER
THRESHOLD

FLOAT(64)

New field.

RESIDUALBER

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

New field.

SBER

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

New field.

SESTHRESHOLD

FLOAT(64)

New field.

TRANSITION
GAP

FLOAT(64)

New field.

REPEATER

Page 348

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

SITEADDRESS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

ADDRESS1

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

ADDRESS2

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PRECANDIDATE
NAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PROVINCE

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

STATE

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

TOWN

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

TERMMOBSPEED
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CODE

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

TERMTYCLUTTER
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CODE

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

6.2

7.0

Comments

TERMTYPE
Column
ANTENNA_KEY

BEAM_FORMING
_ACTIVE

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

MAX_
BLOCKSIZE_DL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.
0

MAX_
BLOCKSIZE_UL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

New field.

Page 349

Column

7.0

Comments

MAX_MOD_
SCHEME_DL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

MAX_MOD_
SCHEME_UL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

MAX_TX_POWER

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
23
NOT NULL

New field.

MU_MIMO_DL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.
0

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

MU_MIMO_UL

Page 350

6.2

New field.

REQD_RSRQ

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
-14
NOT NULL

New field.

REQD_SINR

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT -200
NOT NULL

New field.

RX_COMB_GAIN

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.
0

SU_MIMO_
ELEM_CNT_DL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

SU_MIMO_
ELEM_CNT_UL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

SU_MIMO_
ENABLE_DL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

SU_MIMO_
ENABLE_UL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

SU_MIMO_
MODE_DL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

SU_MIMO_
MODE_UL

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

TERM_
CATEGORY

INTEGER
DEFAULT
NOT NULL

New field.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

TGBITRATE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

TGCARRIER

TGCLUTPATHLOSS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

CODE

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

DLMUMIMOSINR
OFFSET

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL

New field.

DLSMSINR
OFFSET

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL

New field.

ULMUMIMOSINR
OFFSET
ULSMRATEGAIN

ULSMSINR
OFFSET

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

New field.

FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT
NOT NULL
FLOAT(64)
DEFAULT 0
NOT NULL

New field.
1

New field.

Page 351

TGSERVICE
Column

6.2

DELAY

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)
DEFAULT
100.0

New field.

GTBITRATEDL

INTEGER

FLOAT(126)

Type change.

GTBITRATEUL

INTEGER

FLOAT(126)

Type change.

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

MXBITRATEDL

INTEGER

FLOAT(126)

Type change.

MXBITRATEUL

INTEGER

FLOAT(126)

Type change.

PELR

INTEGER
DEFAULT 2

New field.

QCI

INTEGER
DEFAULT 10

New field.

TGRESTYPE
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

PHOTOFILE

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(260
BYTE)

Extend length.

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

SCHEMANAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

TOWER

UMTSCODE

UMTSCODESCHEMA

Page 352

Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

WFSSERVICES
Column

6.2

QRYLIFETIME

7.0

Comments

INTEGER
NOT NULL

New field.

WIMAXCARRIER
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

WIMAXMOBCARRIER
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2(32
BYTE)

VARCHAR2(128
BYTE)

Extend length.

Tables Added to the ADVANTAGE Schema

These tables have been added:
BANDTARGETS
DIFFBANDTARGETS

Tables Removed from the ADVANTAGE Schema

These tables have been removed:
ADVDESTGT
DIFFADVDESTGT

Tables Modified in the ADVANTAGE Schema

The following tables have been changed.
COSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

BANDCODE

NUMBER(38)

New field

TECHNOLOGY

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

New field

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

Page 353

DIFFCOSTFUNCTIONWEIGHTS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

BANDCODE

NUMBER(38)

New field

TECHNOLOGY

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

New field

DBANDCODE

NUMBER(38)

New field

DTECHNOLOGY

VARCHAR2(64
BYTE)

New field

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)

New field

VECTORPARAMETERS
Column

6.2

POLLUTION
PATHLOSS

FLOAT(126)

Dropped field

DIFFVECTORPARAMETERS
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

POLLUTION

FLOAT(126)

New field

DPOLLUTION

FLOAT(126)

New field

PATHLOSS

FLOAT(126)

Dropped field

DPATHLOSS

FLOAT(126)

Dropped field

BANDPARAMETERS
Column

6.2

POLLUTION
PATHLOSS

7.0

Comments

FLOAT(126)

New field

FLOAT(126)

Dropped field

DIFFBANDPARAMETERS
Column

Page 354

6.2

7.0

Comments

POLLUTION

FLOAT(126)

New field

DPOLLUTION

FLOAT(126)

New field

PATHLOSS

FLOAT(126)

Dropped field

DPATHLOSS

FLOAT(126)

Dropped field

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

DESIGNTARGETGROUP
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2
(32 BYTE)

VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)

Change in type.

DIFFDESIGNTARGETGROUP
Column

6.2

7.0

Comments

IDNAME

VARCHAR2
(32 BYTE)

VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)

Change in type.

DIDNAME

VARCHAR2
(32 BYTE)

VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)

Change in type.

PLAN
Column

6.2

IDNAME

VARCHAR2
BYTE)

(32

VIEWSCALE
USEDRIVE
TEST

7.0

Comments

VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)

Change in type.

NUMBER(38)

New field.

NUMBER(38)

Dropped field.

DELTAPLAN
Column

6.2

IDNAME

VARCHAR2
BYTE)

(32

7.0

Comments

VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)

Change in type.

7.0

Comments

VARCHAR2
(128 BYTE)

Change in type.

CONSTRAINTTEMPLATE
Column

6.2

IDNAME

VARCHAR2
BYTE)

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

(32

Page 355

Page 356

Database Reference Guide 7.0

DatabaseChanges

V
Vectors
database tables 93, 94

Index
D
Database tables
ADVANTAGE 247
CONNECT 275
Environment set-up 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 41
Equipment 31, 97
Internal 31, 109
Logical network 32, 33, 123
Project 37, 231
relationships 25
Databases
table relationships 25
tables 41, 97, 109, 123, 231, 247, 275, 331
Difference tables 331

F
Fields
tables 17, 68
Foreign keys, definition 17

P
Permissions
database tables 18
Primary keys, definition 17

T
Table relationships
ADVANTAGE 38
CONNECT 39, 40
Environment set-up 26, 27, 28, 29, 30
Equipment 31
Internal 31
Logical network 32, 33
Project 37
Tables
ADVANTAGE 247
CONNECT 39, 40, 275
database 17, 331
environment set-up 41
equipment 97
Internal 109
logical 123
permissions 18
project 231
relationships 25

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Index

Page 357

Page 358

Database Reference Guide 7.0

Index

Commander User Reference Guide PDF
No ratings yet
Commander User Reference Guide PDF
32 pages
Asset ACP User Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Asset ACP User Reference Guide
108 pages
Database Reference Guide
100% (1)
Database Reference Guide
358 pages
What's New in The Enterprise Suite?: Quick Reference Guide
No ratings yet
What's New in The Enterprise Suite?: Quick Reference Guide
72 pages
Asset: Technical Reference Guide
No ratings yet
Asset: Technical Reference Guide
5 pages
DB2 UDB For ZOS - Data Sharing - Planning and Administration
No ratings yet
DB2 UDB For ZOS - Data Sharing - Planning and Administration
296 pages
Business Objects Xir2 Data Access Guide en
No ratings yet
Business Objects Xir2 Data Access Guide en
120 pages
Usr Guide
No ratings yet
Usr Guide
236 pages
Data Access Guide XI 3.1
No ratings yet
Data Access Guide XI 3.1
194 pages
New Features Guide To Sybase Ase 15
No ratings yet
New Features Guide To Sybase Ase 15
505 pages
DA 86 Gettingstarted
No ratings yet
DA 86 Gettingstarted
72 pages
Proficy HMI/SCADA - iFIX: U SQL
No ratings yet
Proficy HMI/SCADA - iFIX: U SQL
66 pages
DataStage Universe Basic SQL Client Interface Guide
No ratings yet
DataStage Universe Basic SQL Client Interface Guide
285 pages
Sas Enterprise Guide
No ratings yet
Sas Enterprise Guide
436 pages
Contents Aster SQL and Function Reference - Teradata
No ratings yet
Contents Aster SQL and Function Reference - Teradata
228 pages
RANOPT Reports Technical Reference Guide PDF
No ratings yet
RANOPT Reports Technical Reference Guide PDF
290 pages
SAN Solutions: Guide
No ratings yet
SAN Solutions: Guide
38 pages
Sybase ASE 15.7 Tables
No ratings yet
Sybase ASE 15.7 Tables
258 pages
Configuring Teradata Vantage™ After Installation
No ratings yet
Configuring Teradata Vantage™ After Installation
57 pages
Sentex Spswin420 - Usersguide
No ratings yet
Sentex Spswin420 - Usersguide
68 pages
Data On Demand With Enterprise Guide: A Cheap and Easy Approach To Real-Time Database Access
No ratings yet
Data On Demand With Enterprise Guide: A Cheap and Easy Approach To Real-Time Database Access
11 pages
Using SQL PDF
No ratings yet
Using SQL PDF
70 pages
4.6.5 Netezza Database Users Guide
No ratings yet
4.6.5 Netezza Database Users Guide
304 pages
Intelligence Platform Data Administration Guide
No ratings yet
Intelligence Platform Data Administration Guide
252 pages
CONNECT User Reference Guide
No ratings yet
CONNECT User Reference Guide
190 pages
Ocad Help
No ratings yet
Ocad Help
172 pages
Oracle Timesten In-Memory Database Architectural Overview Release 6.0
No ratings yet
Oracle Timesten In-Memory Database Architectural Overview Release 6.0
122 pages
DB6 LUW DBA Cockpit
No ratings yet
DB6 LUW DBA Cockpit
244 pages
Reporting and Data Analysis With HP Openview Network Node Manager
No ratings yet
Reporting and Data Analysis With HP Openview Network Node Manager
244 pages
Front Cover: What's New in IBM I 7.3 and IBM POWER8 Systems
No ratings yet
Front Cover: What's New in IBM I 7.3 and IBM POWER8 Systems
29 pages
Administrator Command Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Administrator Command Reference Manual
201 pages
Config Apps
No ratings yet
Config Apps
672 pages
Admin Aveva Marine
No ratings yet
Admin Aveva Marine
209 pages
Administrator Command Reference Manual
100% (1)
Administrator Command Reference Manual
209 pages
Informix Guide To SQL: Tutorial
No ratings yet
Informix Guide To SQL: Tutorial
388 pages
0029200000000ma02 2-0 Dbm-Um
No ratings yet
0029200000000ma02 2-0 Dbm-Um
200 pages
3700sql Man
No ratings yet
3700sql Man
198 pages
Whatsnew in SQL
No ratings yet
Whatsnew in SQL
86 pages
System 800xa Information Management Technical Support Reference
100% (1)
System 800xa Information Management Technical Support Reference
166 pages
Database Management Reference Manual
No ratings yet
Database Management Reference Manual
251 pages
Manual Informix 10
No ratings yet
Manual Informix 10
193 pages
Adaptive Server Anywhere Database Administration Guide: Part Number: 38123-01-0900-01
No ratings yet
Adaptive Server Anywhere Database Administration Guide: Part Number: 38123-01-0900-01
753 pages
Database Administrator'S Guide: Hyperion® Essbase® - System 9
No ratings yet
Database Administrator'S Guide: Hyperion® Essbase® - System 9
1,184 pages
Assign Proc Metalib
No ratings yet
Assign Proc Metalib
202 pages
Slides U3
No ratings yet
Slides U3
16 pages
FaultToleranceMultiPathing PDF
No ratings yet
FaultToleranceMultiPathing PDF
260 pages
SQL Direct User Guide
No ratings yet
SQL Direct User Guide
47 pages
Ibm Database 2 Version 3
No ratings yet
Ibm Database 2 Version 3
140 pages
Enhancing SAP by Using DB2 For zOS
No ratings yet
Enhancing SAP by Using DB2 For zOS
276 pages
OPTIMA User Reference Guide
No ratings yet
OPTIMA User Reference Guide
222 pages
SAS Guia Usuario
No ratings yet
SAS Guia Usuario
556 pages
2018-05-01 Readers Digest Canada
100% (2)
2018-05-01 Readers Digest Canada
108 pages
Reader's Digest Mar 2025
100% (1)
Reader's Digest Mar 2025
114 pages
Motion 9th
No ratings yet
Motion 9th
12 pages
Readers Digest
91% (11)
Readers Digest
172 pages
RD India
No ratings yet
RD India
200 pages
RD July 2023
No ratings yet
RD July 2023
136 pages
Readers Digest USA May 2016
100% (4)
Readers Digest USA May 2016
134 pages
Reader's Digest 1 PDF
100% (2)
Reader's Digest 1 PDF
124 pages
Reader 39 S Digest USA - October 2023
No ratings yet
Reader 39 S Digest USA - October 2023
118 pages
Ellen Terry and Bernard Shaw
No ratings yet
Ellen Terry and Bernard Shaw
484 pages
B.2008 Maxwell
No ratings yet
B.2008 Maxwell
268 pages
Reader x27 S Digest UK - December 2023
No ratings yet
Reader x27 S Digest UK - December 2023
164 pages
Readers Digest Asia - June July 2024
100% (1)
Readers Digest Asia - June July 2024
116 pages
Reader's Digest - November 2023 USA
100% (3)
Reader's Digest - November 2023 USA
116 pages
Reader x27 S Digest UK - October 2023
100% (1)
Reader x27 S Digest UK - October 2023
164 pages
Reader 39 S Digest USA - Sept 2023
No ratings yet
Reader 39 S Digest USA - Sept 2023
118 pages
Reader's Digest USA - November 2021
75% (4)
Reader's Digest USA - November 2021
126 pages
Reader's Digest PDF
100% (1)
Reader's Digest PDF
144 pages
General Medicine Book-Compressed
100% (10)
General Medicine Book-Compressed
2,165 pages
Readers Digest Asia - English Edition May 2023 UserUpload Net
No ratings yet
Readers Digest Asia - English Edition May 2023 UserUpload Net
116 pages
Practice in TamiL Writing
100% (3)
Practice in TamiL Writing
47 pages
Reader's Digest USA 2020 01
100% (1)
Reader's Digest USA 2020 01
131 pages
Reader S Digest Asia English Edition - June-July 2025
100% (4)
Reader S Digest Asia English Edition - June-July 2025
116 pages
Reader Digest 2007
100% (2)
Reader Digest 2007
118 pages
How To Be A Math Genius - Your Brilliant Brain and How To Train It
96% (28)
How To Be A Math Genius - Your Brilliant Brain and How To Train It
128 pages
Reader's-Digest 2020 12
100% (1)
Reader's-Digest 2020 12
152 pages
Reader's Digest January 2017
100% (1)
Reader's Digest January 2017
132 pages
Investors & Market Trends
No ratings yet
Investors & Market Trends
32 pages
Readers Digest Canada September 2017 PDF
100% (2)
Readers Digest Canada September 2017 PDF
116 pages
Reader's Digest Asia - January 2022
100% (2)
Reader's Digest Asia - January 2022
134 pages
FO - FC3145 - E01 - 1 ZTE LR14 LTE FDD DL MIMO Feature Guide 35P
No ratings yet
FO - FC3145 - E01 - 1 ZTE LR14 LTE FDD DL MIMO Feature Guide 35P
35 pages
LF - OC2113 Introduction To LTE FDD Commissioning and O&M Tools-29P
No ratings yet
LF - OC2113 Introduction To LTE FDD Commissioning and O&M Tools-29P
29 pages
2018 Global Data Management Benchmark Report
No ratings yet
2018 Global Data Management Benchmark Report
29 pages
4 Lever of Control
No ratings yet
4 Lever of Control
3 pages
Participant Guide: Xerox 6204 Wide Format Solution
No ratings yet
Participant Guide: Xerox 6204 Wide Format Solution
72 pages
Fybcom Sem 1 Commerce 1
No ratings yet
Fybcom Sem 1 Commerce 1
20 pages
E&H SIL Poster
No ratings yet
E&H SIL Poster
1 page
SVEP User Manual
No ratings yet
SVEP User Manual
108 pages
Computer Engineering Department: Operating System Activity Manual
No ratings yet
Computer Engineering Department: Operating System Activity Manual
6 pages
Daniel K. Schneider
No ratings yet
Daniel K. Schneider
363 pages
ECDIS Passage Planning Guide
No ratings yet
ECDIS Passage Planning Guide
5 pages
24kV Single Core Underground Cable Specs
No ratings yet
24kV Single Core Underground Cable Specs
10 pages
Pydroid
No ratings yet
Pydroid
3 pages
1.1 Introduction To Windows Server
No ratings yet
1.1 Introduction To Windows Server
42 pages
Demo Imperial
No ratings yet
Demo Imperial
11 pages
Database Backup REPORT - Updated
No ratings yet
Database Backup REPORT - Updated
19 pages
DB QP
No ratings yet
DB QP
6 pages
BIG-IP CGNAT Implementations
No ratings yet
BIG-IP CGNAT Implementations
208 pages
Pic
100% (1)
Pic
71 pages
Using Database Partitioning With Oracle E-Business Suite (Doc ID 554539.1)
No ratings yet
Using Database Partitioning With Oracle E-Business Suite (Doc ID 554539.1)
39 pages
DVDR and FHDB Task Cards
No ratings yet
DVDR and FHDB Task Cards
43 pages
Bypassing Kernel ASLR Target: Windows 10 (Remote Bypass) : Stéfan Le Berre - Heurs
No ratings yet
Bypassing Kernel ASLR Target: Windows 10 (Remote Bypass) : Stéfan Le Berre - Heurs
13 pages
Parametric Sweeps in Ads
No ratings yet
Parametric Sweeps in Ads
7 pages
SchoolBus Web Studyguide 2019
100% (1)
SchoolBus Web Studyguide 2019
44 pages
02SOP-Outlook Android
No ratings yet
02SOP-Outlook Android
8 pages
NRC 2018 Rules & Regulations Football
No ratings yet
NRC 2018 Rules & Regulations Football
14 pages
Statistical Analysis Homework Guide
No ratings yet
Statistical Analysis Homework Guide
3 pages
Model 363 Control Valve Guide
No ratings yet
Model 363 Control Valve Guide
20 pages
Understanding Fiber Characterization Poster by JDSU
100% (1)
Understanding Fiber Characterization Poster by JDSU
1 page
Oracle Control File Recreation Guide
100% (1)
Oracle Control File Recreation Guide
3 pages
SO003B Food Handbook 2011 - FINAL - Lowres
No ratings yet
SO003B Food Handbook 2011 - FINAL - Lowres
64 pages
OU6 Tests
No ratings yet
OU6 Tests
4 pages
Zero Point Calibration
100% (1)
Zero Point Calibration
4 pages
Openscape Business v2 Feature Description Issue 7
No ratings yet
Openscape Business v2 Feature Description Issue 7
676 pages